WO2009076173A2 - Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors - Google Patents

Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009076173A2
WO2009076173A2 PCT/US2008/085562 US2008085562W WO2009076173A2 WO 2009076173 A2 WO2009076173 A2 WO 2009076173A2 US 2008085562 W US2008085562 W US 2008085562W WO 2009076173 A2 WO2009076173 A2 WO 2009076173A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
cycloalkyl
heteroaryl
aryl
cycloalkenyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2008/085562
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2009076173A3 (en
Inventor
Yonghua Gai
Yat Sun Or
Zhe Wang
Original Assignee
Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority to CN200880126009XA priority Critical patent/CN101977621A/en
Priority to EP08859987A priority patent/EP2224942A4/en
Priority to JP2010537077A priority patent/JP5529036B2/en
Priority to CA2708150A priority patent/CA2708150A1/en
Priority to MX2010006210A priority patent/MX2010006210A/en
Publication of WO2009076173A2 publication Critical patent/WO2009076173A2/en
Publication of WO2009076173A3 publication Critical patent/WO2009076173A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/16—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/10—Tetrapeptides
    • C07K5/1027—Tetrapeptides containing heteroatoms different from O, S, or N
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00—Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50—Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/582—Recycling of unreacted starting or intermediate materials

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to fluorinated tripeptides having antiviral activity against HCV and useful in the treatment of HCV infections. More particularly, the invention relates to novel tripeptide compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods for using the same, as well as processes for making such compounds.
  • HCV is the principal cause of non-A, non-B hepatitis and is an increasingly severe public health problem both in the developed and developing world. It is estimated that the virus infects over 200 million people worldwide, surpassing the number of individuals infected with the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) by nearly five fold. HCV infected patients, due to the high percentage of individuals inflicted with chronic infections, are at an elevated risk of developing cirrhosis of the liver, subsequent hepatocellular carcinoma and terminal liver disease. HCV is the most prevalent cause of hepatocellular cancer and cause of patients requiring liver transplantations in the western world.
  • HIV human immunodeficiency virus
  • anti-HC V therapeutics There are considerable barriers to the development of anti-HC V therapeutics, which include, but are not limited to, the persistence of the virus, the genetic diversity of the virus during replication in the host, the high incident rate of the virus developing drug- resistant mutants, and the lack of reproducible infectious culture systems and small-animal models for HCV replication and pathogenesis. In a majority of cases, given the mild course of the infection and the complex biology of the liver, careful consideration must be given to antiviral drugs, which are likely to have significant side effects.
  • NS3 hepatitis C non-structural protein-3
  • HCV is a flaviridae type RNA virus.
  • the HCV genome is enveloped and contains a single strand RNA molecule composed of circa 9600 base pairs. It encodes a polypeptide comprised of approximately 3010 amino acids.
  • the HCV polyprotein is processed by viral and host peptidase into 10 discreet peptides which serve a variety of functions. There are three structural proteins, C, El and E2.
  • the P7 protein is of unknown function and is comprised of a highly variable sequence.
  • NS2 is a zinc-dependent metalloproteinase that functions in conjunction with a portion of the NS3 protein.
  • NS3 incorporates two catalytic functions (separate from its association with NS2): a serine protease at the N-terminal end, which requires NS4A as a cofactor, and an ATP-ase- dependent helicase function at the carboxyl terminus.
  • NS4A is a tightly associated but non-covalent cofactor of the serine protease.
  • the NS3-NS4A protease is responsible for cleaving four sites on the viral polyprotein.
  • the NS3-NS4A cleavage is autocatalytic, occurring in cis.
  • the remaining three hydrolyses, NS4A-NS4B, NS4B-NS5A and NS5A-NS5B all occur in trans.
  • NS3 is a serine protease which is structurally classified as a chymotrypsin-like protease. While the NS serine protease possesses proteolytic activity by itself, the HCV protease enzyme is not an efficient enzyme in terms of catalyzing polyprotein cleavage. It has been shown that a central hydrophobic region of the NS4A protein is required for this enhancement. The complex formation of the NS3 protein with NS4A seems necessary to the processing events, enhancing the proteolytic efficacy at all of the sites.
  • a general strategy for the development of antiviral agents is to inactivate virally encoded enzymes, including NS3, that are essential for the replication of the virus.
  • the present invention relates to novel tripeptide compounds and methods of treating a hepatitis C infection in a subject in need of such therapy with said tripeptide compounds.
  • the present invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the present invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or prodrugs thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • M is absent, O, S, S(O), SO 2 , NH, O(CO), NH(CO), NH(CO)NH, NHSO 2 , NHSO 2 NH, NH(CO)O, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene or substituted alkenylene; Cy is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl; substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted
  • Ri and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen; b) aryl; c) substituted aryl; d) heteroaryl; e) substituted heteroaryl; f) heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic; g) -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, or -C 2 -Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; h) substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, or substituted -C 2 -
  • Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; i) -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl; j) substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl; k) -Q-R 3 , where Q is (CO), (CO)O, (CO)NR 4 , (SO), (SO 2 ), (SO 2 )NR 4 ; and
  • R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of: (i) hydrogen; ( ⁇ ) aryl; (iii) substituted aryl; (iv) heteroaryl;
  • G is -E-R 3 , where E is absent or E is O, CO, (CO)O, (CO)NH, NR 5 , NH(CO),
  • A is selected from the group consisting of R 5 , (CO)R 5 , (CO)OR 5 , (CO)NHR 5 , SO 2 R 5 , (SO 2 )OR 5 and SO 2 NHR 5 ;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen b) aryl; c) substituted aryl; d) heteroaryl; e) substituted heteroaryl; f) heterocyclic; g) substituted heterocyclic; h) -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, or -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl each containing O, 1 , 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; i) substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, or substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; j) -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl; k) substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted
  • B is H or CH 3 ;
  • L is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from halogen; preferably F, Cl and Br;
  • the present invention features pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
  • pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • methods of treating a hepatitis C infection in a subject in need of such treatment with said pharmaceutical compositions are disclosed.
  • a first embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula I as described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula II: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, where A, L, M, Cy, G, Zi and Z 2 are as defined in the previous embodiment.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula II: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, where A, L, M, Cy, G, Zi and Z 2 are as defined in the previous embodiment.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula II: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, where A, L, M, Cy, G, Zi and Z 2 are as defined in the previous embodiment.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula II: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier
  • Re is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl; J is absent or is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, - N(R 5 )-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(R 5 )-, -C(O)O-, -N(R 5 )C(O)-, -NH(CO)NH-, -N(R 5 )SO 2 -, alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene; wherein R 5 are as defined in the first embodiment;
  • Each R 7 I, R 72 , R 7 3 and R 74 is independently selected from the group consisting of : (i) hydrogen;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl. J is absent.
  • G can be -NH-SO 2 -NR 4 R 5 or -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, - C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted - C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, and R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, -C 1 - C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted
  • Each R 71 , R 72 , R 73 and R 74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO 2 , -CN, -M-R 4 , wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, N(R 5 ), aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of H, R 1 , where Ri is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, or -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N; substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, or substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl; -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl. J is absent.
  • G is -NHSO 2 - R3, where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Each R 71 , R 72 , R 73 and R 74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO 2 , -CN, and -O-R4, where R 4 is as defined in the example immediately above.
  • Zi and Z 2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • R 6 , R 7 i, R 72 , R 73 , R 74 and J are as defined in the previous embodiment.
  • A, L, G, Zi and Z 2 are as previously defined in the first embodiment.
  • -Ci-Cg alkyl substituted -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C 2 -Cg alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl; -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl. J is absent.
  • G can be -NH-SO 2 -NR 4 R 5 or -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, - C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted - C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, and R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, -C 1 - Cg alkyl, -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, -C 2 -Cg alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cg alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic,
  • Each R 71 , R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO 2 , -CN, -M-R 4 , wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, NR 5 , aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl, wherein R 4 , R5 are as defined previously.
  • Zi and Z 2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of H, R 1 , where Ri is selected from -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, or -C 2 -Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N; substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C 2 -Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl; -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl. J is absent.
  • G is -NHSO 2 - R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Each R 71 , R 72 , R 73 and R 74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO 2 , -CN.
  • Zi and Z 2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula
  • R 71 , R 72 , R 73 and R 74 are as defined in the previous embodiment; and A, L, G, Zi and Z 2 are as previously defined in the first embodiment.
  • G can be -NH-SO 2 - NR4R5 or -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, and R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, -C 2 - Cg alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cg alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic,
  • Each R 71 , R 72 , R 73 and R 74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO 2 , -CN, -M-R 4 , wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, NR5, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl, wherein R 4 , R 5 are as defined previously.
  • Zi and Z 2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of H, R 1 , where Ri is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, or -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N; substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, or substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl; -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Each R 7 i, R 72 , R 73 and R 74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO 2 , -CN.
  • Zi and Z 2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • the present invention relates to a compound of formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof: where A, G, L, Ri, Zi and Z 2 are as previously defined.
  • Ri is not hydrogen.
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-Rs, -C(O)-O-Rs and - C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, - C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted - C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • L can be selected from Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • G can be -0-R 3 , -NH-C(O)-R 3 , -NH-SO 2 -NH-R 3 or -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic.
  • A is -C(O)-O-R 5 or -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cg alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted - C3-C12 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is - NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic.
  • A is -C(O)-O-Rs, where R5 is -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-Cg alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from - C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic.
  • A is - C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • L is selected from -C 1 - Cg alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic.
  • A is - C(O)-R 5 , where R 5 is substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted - C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic.
  • A is -C(O)-R 5 , where R 5 is substituted methyl and is substiututed at least with (1) aryl or heteroaryl and (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl.
  • L is -C 1 -C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO2-R3, where R 3 is -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • the present invention relates to a compound of formula VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof:
  • A, G, L, R 1 , R 2 , Zi and Z 2 are as previously defined in the first embodiment.
  • Ri and R 2 are not both hydrogen.
  • Ri and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl; or Ri and R 2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R3, where each R 3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic.
  • A can be selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R 5 , -C(O)-O-R 5 and -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, - Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • L can be selected from Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • G can be -0-R 3 , -NH-C(O)-R 3 , -NH- SO 2 -NH-R 3 or -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • Ri and R 2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R 3 , where each R 3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic.
  • A is -C(O)-O-Rs or -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is - Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, - C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Ri and R 2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R 3 , where each R 3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic.
  • A is -C(O)-O-R 5 , where R 5 is -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • A is -C(O)-O-Rs, where R5 is -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • L is selected from -C 1 - C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO2-R3, where R 3 is selected from -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • Ri and R 2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R 3 , where each R 3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic.
  • A is -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R5 is -Ci-Cg alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • Ri and R 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • each group is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, formyl, -Ci-C 8 alkyl or -C 2 - C 8 alkenyl, or -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl.
  • Ri and R 2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R 3 , where each R 3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic.
  • A is -C(O)-R 5 , where R 5 is substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) - NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents.
  • R 5 is substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) - NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-Rs, where R5 is substituted methyl and is substiututed at least with (1) aryl or heteroaryl and (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl.
  • L is -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is - C3-C12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • the present invention relates to a compound of formula VIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof:
  • VIII wherein V is absent, or V is CO, O, S, SO, SO 2 , NH, NCH 3 , or (CH 2 ) q ; where q is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and where X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of: aryl; substituted aryl; heteroaryl; substituted heteroaryl; heterocyclic; substituted heterocyclic; and where A, G, L, Zi and Z 2 are as previously defined in the first embodiment. In one example, is selected from
  • Xi-Xs are independently selected from CH and N and Xi-Xs can be further substituted when it is a CH
  • Y 1 -Y 3 are independently selected from CH, N, NH, S and O and Y 1 -Y 3 can be further substituted when it is CH or NH
  • V is absent, CO, O, S, NH, or (CH 2 ) q , where q is 1, 2 or 3.
  • A can be selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R 5 , -C(O)-O-R 5 and -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • L is selected from Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G can be -0-R 3 , -NH-C(O)-R 3 , -NH- SO 2 -NH-R 3 or -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Xi-X 8 are independently selected from CH and N and Xi-X 8 can be further substituted when it is a CH
  • Yi-Y 3 are independently selected from CH, N, NH, S and O and Yi-Y 3 can be further substituted when it is CH or NH
  • V is absent, CO, O, S, NH, or (CH 2 ) q , where q is 1, 2 or 3.
  • A is - C(O)-O-R5, where R5 is -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted - C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • Xi-X 8 are independently selected from CH and N and Xi-X 8 can be further substituted when it is a CH
  • Y 1 -Y 3 are independently selected from CH, N, NH, S and O and Y 1 -Y 3 can be further substituted when it is CH or NH
  • V is absent, CO, O, S, NH, or (CH 2 ) q , where q is 1, 2 or 3.
  • A is - C(O)-O-R 5 , where R5 is -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl
  • Xi-X 8 are independently selected from CH and N and Xi-X 8 can be further substituted when it is a CH;
  • V is absent, CO, O, S, NH, or (CH 2 ) q , where q is 1, 2 or 3.
  • A is -C(O)-O-R 5 , where R 5 is -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • R 3 is selected from -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • Ri and R 2 taken together with the carbon atom to
  • Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen or halogen.
  • A is -C(O)-O-R 5 , where R 5 is -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-Cs alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is - NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • the present invention relates to a compound of formula IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof:
  • X 1 -X 4 are independently selected from CO, CH, NH, O and N; where X 1 -
  • X 4 can be further substituted when any one of Xi-X 4 is a CH or NH; where R 6 and R 7 are independently R 3 , where R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 6 and R 7 can be independently selected from halogen, oxo, thioxo, nitro, cyano, -OR 3 , -SR 3 , -NR 3 R 4 , -SOR 3 , -SO 2 R 3 , -NHSO 2 R 3 , -SO 2 NHR 3 , -COR 3 , - CO 2 R 3 , (CO)NHR 3 , -OCOR 3 , OCONHR 3 , NHCO 2 R 3 , -NH(CO)R 3 , -NH(CO)NHR 3 , and - NH(SO 2 )NHR 3 .
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, -C 2 -Cg alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R 5 , -C(O)-O-R 5 and -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C 2 -Cg alkenyl, -C 2 -Cg alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • L is selected from Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G can be -0-R 3 ', -NH-C(O)-R 3 ', -NH- SO 2 -NH-R 3 ' or -NHSO 2 -R 3 ', where R 3 ' is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-O-R 5 or -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted - C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 - C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 ', where R 3 ' is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-O-R 5 , where R 5 is -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 ', where R 3 ' is selected from - C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-Rs, where R5 is substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)- heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents.
  • R5 is substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)- heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-Rs, where R5 is substituted methyl and is substiututed at least with (1) aryl or heteroaryl and (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl.
  • L is -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • the present invention relates to a compound of formula X, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof:
  • Yi-Y 3 are independently selected from CO, CH, NH, N, S and O; and Yi- Y 3 can be further substituted when any one OfYi-Y 3 is CH or NH; Y 4 is selected from C, CH and N; and where A, G, L, R 6 , R 7 , V, Zi and Z 2 are as previously defined in the embodiment immediately above.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R 5 , -C(O)-O-R 5 and -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • L is selected from Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G can be -0-R 3 ', -NH-C(O)-R 3 ', -NH- SO 2 -NH-R 3 ' or -NHSO 2 -R 3 ', where R 3 ' is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-O-R 5 or -C(O)-NH-R 5 , where R 5 is -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted - C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 - C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 ', where R 3 ' is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-O-Rs, where R 5 is -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-Cs alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 ', where R 3 ' is selected from - C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-NH-Rs, where R5 is -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-Rs, where R5 is substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)- heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents.
  • R5 is substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)- heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents.
  • L is selected from -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl.
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, substituted -C 2 -Cs alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkenyl.
  • A is -C(O)-Rs, where R 5 is substituted methyl and is substiututed at least with (1) aryl or heteroaryl and (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl.
  • L is -Ci-C 8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Zi and Z 2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
  • G is -NHSO 2 -R 3 , where R 3 is -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl.
  • Representative compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, the following compounds (Table 1) according to Formula XI,
  • Representative compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, the following compounds (Table 2) according to Formula XII
  • Ri and R 2 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form RiR 2 , and A, RiR 2 , L and G are delineated for each example in TABLE 2: TABLE 2
  • Rx, L, W and G are delineated for each example in TABLE 3 :
  • Representative compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, the following compounds (Table 4) according to Formula XIV
  • the present invention also features pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
  • Compounds of the present invention can be administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent, or used in combination with one or more agents to treat or prevent hepatitis C infections or the symptoms associated with HCV infection.
  • Other agents to be administered in combination with a compound or combination of compounds of the invention include therapies for disease caused by HCV infection that suppresses HCV viral replication by direct or indirect mechanisms.
  • agents such as host immune modulators (for example, interferon-alpha, pegylated interferon-alpha, interferon- beta, interferon-gamma, CpG oligonucleotides and the like), or antiviral compounds that inhibit host cellular functions such as inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase (for example, ribavirin and the like).
  • host immune modulators for example, interferon-alpha, pegylated interferon-alpha, interferon- beta, interferon-gamma, CpG oligonucleotides and the like
  • antiviral compounds that inhibit host cellular functions such as inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase (for example, ribavirin and the like).
  • cytokines that modulate immune function.
  • vaccines comprising HCV antigens or antigen adjuvant combinations directed against HCV.
  • IRS internal ribosome entry site
  • Other agents to be administered in combination with a compound of the present invention include any agent or combination of agents that inhibit the replication of HCV by targeting proteins of the viral genome involved in the viral replication. These agents include but are not limited to other inhibitors of HCV RNA dependent RNA polymerase such as, for example, nucleoside type polymerase inhibitors described in WOOl 90121(A2), or U.S. Pat. No.
  • 6,348,587Bl or WO0160315 or WO0132153 or non-nucleoside inhibitors such as, for example, benzimidazole polymerase inhibitors described in EP 1162196Al or WO0204425 or inhibitors of HCV protease such as, for example, peptidomimetic type inhibitors such as BILN2061 and the like or inhibitors of HCV helicase.
  • agents to be administered in combination with a compound of the present invention include any agent or combination of agents that inhibit the replication of other viruses for co-infected individuals.
  • agents include but are not limited to therapies for disease caused by hepatitis B (HBV) infection such as, for example, adefovir, lamivudine, and tenofovir or therapies for disease caused by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection such as, for example, protease inhibitors: ritonavir, lopinavir, indinavir, nelfmavir, saquinavir, amprenavir, atazanavir, tipranavir, TMC-114, fosamprenavir; reverse transcriptase inhibitors: zidovudine, lamivudine, didanosine, stavudine, tenofovir, zalcitabine, abacavir, efavirenz, nevirapine, delavirdine, TMC-125;
  • one aspect of the invention is directed to a method for treating or preventing an infection caused by an RNA-containing virus comprising co-administering to a patient in need of such treatment one or more agents selected from the group consisting of a host immune modulator and a second antiviral agent, or a combination thereof, with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or combination of compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof.
  • Examples of the host immune modulator are, but not limited to, interferon-alpha, pegylated-interferon-alpha, interferon- beta, interferon-gamrna, a cytokine, a vaccine, and a vaccine comprising an antigen and an adjuvant, and said second antiviral agent inhibits replication of HCV either by inhibiting host cellular functions associated with viral replication or by targeting proteins of the viral genome.
  • Further aspect of the invention is directed to a method of treating or preventing infection caused by an RNA-containing virus comprising co-administering to a patient in need of such treatment an agent or combination of agents that treat or alleviate symptoms of HCV infection including cirrhosis and inflammation of the liver, with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or combination of compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof.
  • Yet another aspect of the invention provides a method of treating or preventing infection caused by an RNA-containing virus comprising co-administering to a patient in need of such treatment one or more agents that treat patients for disease caused by hepatitis B (HBV) infection, with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a combination of compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof.
  • An agent that treats patients for disease caused by hepatitis B (HBV) infection may be for example, but not limited thereto, L- deoxythymidine, adefovir, lamivudine or tenfovir, or any combination thereof.
  • Example of the RNA-containing virus includes, but not limited to, hepatitis C virus (HCV).
  • Another aspect of the invention provides a method of treating or preventing infection caused by an RNA-containing virus comprising co-administering to a patient in need of such treatment one or more agents that treat patients for disease caused by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a combination of compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof.
  • HIV human immunodeficiency virus
  • the agent that treats patients for disease caused by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection may include, but is not limited thereto, ritonavir, lopinavir, indinavir, nelfmavir, saquinavir, amprenavir, atazanavir, tipranavir, TMC-114, fosamprenavir, zidovudine, lamivudine, didanosine, stavudine, tenofovir, zalcitabine, abacavir, efavirenz, nevirapine, delavirdine, TMC-125, L-870812, S-1360, enfuvirtide (T-20) or T-1249, or any combination thereof.
  • HIV human immunodeficiency virus
  • Example of the RNA-containing virus includes, but not limited to, hepatitis C virus (HCV).
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • the present invention provides the use of a compound or a combination of compounds of the invention, or a therapeutically acceptable salt form, stereoisomer, or tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof, and one or more agents selected from the group consisting of a host immune modulator and a second antiviral agent, or a combination thereof, to prepare a medicament for the treatment of an infection caused by an RNA-containing virus in a patient, particularly hepatitis C virus.
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • Examples of the host immune modulator are, but not limited to, interferon-alpha, pegylated- interferon-alpha, interferon-beta, interferon-gamma, a cytokine, a vaccine, and a vaccine comprising an antigen and an adjuvant, and said second antiviral agent inhibits replication of HCV either by inhibiting host cellular functions associated with viral replication or by targeting proteins of the viral genome.
  • combination of compound or compounds of the invention, together with one or more agents as defined herein above can be employed in pure form or, where such forms exist, in pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof.
  • combination of therapeutic agents can be administered as a pharmaceutical composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or combination of compounds of interest, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, prodrugs, or salts of the prodrug, in combination with one or more agents as defined hereinabove, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Such pharmaceutical compositions can be used for inhibiting the replication of an RNA-containing virus, particularly Hepatitis C virus (HCV), by contacting said virus with said pharmaceutical composition.
  • such compositions are useful for the treatment or prevention of an infection caused by an RNA- containing virus, particularly Hepatitis C virus (HCV).
  • further aspect of the invention is directed to a method of treating or preventing infection caused by an RNA-containing virus, particularly a hepatitis C virus (HCV), comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or combination of compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, or tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof, one or more agents as defined hereinabove, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • the therapeutic agents When administered as a combination, the therapeutic agents can be formulated as separate compositions which are given at the same time or within a predetermined period of time, or the therapeutic agents can be given as a single unit dosage form.
  • Antiviral agents contemplated for use in such combination therapy include agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal, including but not limited to agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal.
  • agents can be selected from another anti-HCV agent; an HIV inhibitor; an HAV inhibitor; and an HBV inhibitor.
  • anti-HCV agents include those agents that are effective for diminishing or preventing the progression of hepatitis C related symptoms or disease. Such agents include but are not limited to immunomodulatory agents, inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease, other inhibitors of HCV polymerase, inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle and other anti-HCV agents, including but not limited to ribavirin, amantadine, levovirin and viramidine.
  • Immunomodulatory agents include those agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to enhance or potentiate the immune system response in a mammal.
  • Immunomodulatory agents include, but are not limited to, inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors such as VX-497 (merimepodib, Vertex Pharmaceuticals), class I interferons, class II interferons, consensus interferons, asialo-interferons pegylated interferons and conjugated interferons, including but not limited to interferons conjugated with other proteins including but not limited to human albumin.
  • Class I interferons are a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type I, including both naturally and synthetically produced class I interferons, while class II interferons all bind to receptor type II.
  • Examples of class I interferons include, but are not limited to, [alpha]-, [beta]-,
  • class II interferons include, but are not limited to, [gamma] -interferons.
  • Inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease include agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to inhibit the function of HCV NS3 protease in a mammal.
  • Inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease include, but are not limited to, those compounds described in WO 99/07733, WO 99/07734, WO 00/09558, WO 00/09543, WO 00/59929, WO 03/064416, WO 03/064455, WO 03/064456, WO 2004/030670, WO 2004/037855, WO 2004/039833, WO 2004/101602, WO 2004/101605, WO 2004/103996, WO 2005/028501 , WO 2005/070955, WO 2006/000085, WO 2006/007700 and WO 2006/007708 (all by Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 02/060926, WO 03/053349, WO03/099274, WO
  • Inhibitors of HCV polymerase include agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to inhibit the function of an HCV polymerase.
  • Such inhibitors include, but are not limited to, non-nucleoside and nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase.
  • inhibitors of HCV polymerase include but are not limited to those compounds described in: WO 02/04425, WO 03/007945, WO 03/010140, WO 03/010141, WO 2004/064925, WO 2004/065367, WO 2005/080388 and WO 2006/007693 (all by Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2005/049622 (Japan Tobacco), WO 2005/014543 (Japan Tobacco),WO 2005/012288 (Genelabs), WO 2004/087714 (IRBM), WO 03/101993 (Neogenesis), WO 03/026587 (BMS), WO 03/000254 (Japan Tobacco), and WO 01/47883 (Japan Tobacco), and the clinical candidates XTL-2125, HCV 796, R-1626 and NM 283.
  • Inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HCV other than by inhibiting the function of the HCV NS3 protease. Such agents may interfere with either host or HCV viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HCV.
  • Inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include, but are not limited to, entry inhibitors, agents that inhibit a target selected from a helicase, a NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and agents that interfere with the function of other viral targets including but not limited to an NS5A protein and an NS4B protein.
  • a patient may be co-infected with hepatitis C virus and one or more other viruses, including but not limited to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis A virus (HAV) and hepatitis B virus (HBV).
  • HAV human immunodeficiency virus
  • HAV hepatitis A virus
  • HBV hepatitis B virus
  • combination therapy to treat such co-infections by co-administering a compound according to the present invention with at least one of an HIV inhibitor, an HAV inhibitor and an HBV inhibitor.
  • compositions of the present invention may further comprise inhibitor(s) of other targets in the HCV life cycle, including, but not limited to, helicase, polymerase, metalloprotease, and internal ribosome entry site (IRES).
  • inhibitor(s) of other targets in the HCV life cycle including, but not limited to, helicase, polymerase, metalloprotease, and internal ribosome entry site (IRES).
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may further comprise another anti-viral, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal or anti-cancer agent, or an immune modulator, or another thearapeutic agent.
  • the present invention includes methods of treating viral infection such as, but not limited to, hepatitis C infections in a subject in need of such treatment by administering to said subject an effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention includes methods of treating hepatitis C infections in a subject in need of such treatment by administering to said subject an anti-HCV virally effective amount or an inhibitory amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
  • An additional embodiment of the present invention includes methods of treating biological samples by contacting the biological samples with the compounds of the present invention.
  • Yet a further aspect of the present invention is a process of making any of the compounds delineated herein employing any of the synthetic means delineated herein.
  • the cytochrome P450 monooxygenase inhibitor used in this invention is expected to inhibit metabolism of the compounds of the invention. Therefore, the cytochrome P450 monooxygenase inhibitor would be in an amount effective to inhibit metabolism of the protease inhibitor. Accordingly, the CYP inhibitor is administered in an amount such that the bioavailiablity of the protease inhibitor is increased in comparison to the bioavailability in the absence of the CYP inhibitor.
  • the invention provides methods for improving the pharmacokinetics of compounds of the invention.
  • the advantages of improving the pharmacokinetics of drugs are recognized in the art (US 2004/0091527; US
  • one embodiment of this invention provides a method for administering an inhibitor of CYP3A4 and a compound of the invention.
  • Another embodiment of this invention provides a method for administering a compound of the invention and an inhibitor of isozyme 3A4 ("CYP3A4"), isozyme 2C19 ("CYP2C19”), isozyme 2D6 ("CYP2D6"), isozyme 1A2 (“CYP 1A2”), isozyme 2C9
  • the CYP inhibitor preferably inhibits CYP3A4. Any CYP inhibitor that improves the pharmacokinetics of the relevant NS3/4A protease may be used in a method of this invention.
  • CYP inhibitors include, but are not limited to, ritonavir (WO 94/14436), ketoconazole, troleandomycin, 4-methyl pyrazole, cyclosporin, clomethiazole, cimetidine, itraconazole, fluconazole, miconazole, fluvoxamine, fluoxetine, nefazodone, sertraline, indinavir, nelfmavir, amprenavir, fosamprenavir, saquinavir, lopinavir, delavirdine, erythromycin, VX-944, and VX-497.
  • Preferred CYP inhibitors include ritonavir, ketoconazole, troleandomycin, 4-methyl pyrazole, cyclosporin, and clomethiazole.
  • the pharmaceutical pack further comprises one or more of additional agent as described herein.
  • the additional agent or agents may be provided in the same pack or in separate packs.
  • kits for a patient to use in the treatment of HCV infection or in the prevention of HCV infection comprising: a single or a plurality of pharmaceutical formulation of each pharmaceutical component; a container housing the pharmaceutical formulation (s) during storage and prior to administration; and instructions for carrying out drug administration in a manner effective to treat or prevent HCV infection.
  • kits for the simultaneous or sequential administration of a NS3/4A protease inhibitor of the invention and a CYP inhibitor (and optionally an additional agent) or derivatives thereof are prepared in a conventional manner.
  • a kit will comprise, e. g. a composition of each inhibitor and optionally the additional agent (s) in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (and in one or in a plurality of pharmaceutical formulations) and written instructions for the simultaneous or sequential administration.
  • a packaged kit contains one or more dosage forms for self administration; a container means, preferably sealed, for housing the dosage forms during storage and prior to use; and instructions for a patient to carry out drug administration.
  • the instructions will typically be written instructions on a package insert, a label, and/or on other components of the kit, and the dosage form or forms are as described herein.
  • Each dosage form may be individually housed, as in a sheet of a metal foil- plastic laminate with each dosage form isolated from the others in individual cells or bubbles, or the dosage forms may be housed in a single container, as in a plastic bottle.
  • the present kits will also typically include means for packaging the individual kit components, i. e. , the dosage forms, the container means, and the written instructions for use.
  • Such packaging means may take the form of a cardboard or paper box, a plastic or foil pouch, etc.
  • viral infection refers to the introduction of a virus into cells or tissues, e.g., hepatitis C virus (HCV). In general, the introduction of a virus is also associated with replication. Viral infection may be determined by measuring virus antibody titer in samples of a biological fluid, such as blood, using, e.g., enzyme immunoassay. Other suitable diagnostic methods include molecular based techniques, such as RT-PCR, direct hybrid capture assay, nucleic acid sequence based amplification, and the like. A virus may infect an organ, e.g., liver, and cause disease, e.g., hepatitis, cirrhosis, chronic liver disease and hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • anti-cancer agent refers to a compound or drug capable of preventing or inhibiting the advancement of cancer.
  • agents include cis-platin, actinomycin D, doxorubicin, vincristine, vinblastine, etoposide, amsacrine, mitoxantrone, tenipaside, taxol, colchicine, cyclosporin A, phenothiazines or thioxantheres.
  • anti-fungal agent shall used to describe a compound which may be used to treat a fungus infection other than 3-AP, 3-AMP or prodrugs of 3-AP and 3-AMP according to the present invention.
  • Anti-fungal agents according to the present invention include, for example, terbinafme, fluconazole, itraconazole, posaconazole, clotrimazole, griseofulvin, nystatin, tolnaftate, caspofungin, amphotericin B, liposomal amphotericin B, and amphotericin B lipid complex.
  • antibacterial agent refers to both naturally occurring antibiotics produced by microorganisms to suppress the growth of other microorganisms, and agents synthesized or modified in the laboratory which have either bactericidal or bacteriostatic activity, e.g., D -lactam antibacterial agents, glycopeptides, macrolides, quinolones, tetracyclines, and aminoglycosides.
  • bactericidal or bacteriostatic activity e.g., D -lactam antibacterial agents, glycopeptides, macrolides, quinolones, tetracyclines, and aminoglycosides.
  • an antibacterial agent is bacteriostatic, it means that the agent essentially stops bacterial cell growth (but does not kill the bacteria); if the agent is bacteriocidal, it means that the agent kills the bacterial cells (and may stop growth before killing the bacteria).
  • immune modulator refers to any substance meant to alter the working of the humoral or cellular immune system of a subject.
  • immune modulators include inhibitors of mast cell-mediated inflammation, interferons, interleukins, prostaglandins, steroids, cortico-steroids, colony-stimulating factors, chemotactic factors, etc.
  • Ci-C 6 alkyl refers to saturated, straight- or branched-chain hydrocarbon radicals containing between one and six, or one and eight carbon atoms, respectively.
  • Examples of Ci-C 6 alkyl radicals include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl radicals; and examples of Ci-C 8 alkyl radicals include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyi, neopentyl, n-hexyl, heptyl, octyl radicals.
  • C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or "C 2 -C 8 alkenyl,” as used herein, denote a group derived from a hydrocarbon moiety, wherein the hydrocarbon moiety has at least one carbon-carbon double bond and contains from two to six, or two to eight carbon atoms, respectively.
  • Alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, for example, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, l-methyl-2-buten-l-yl, heptenyl, octenyl and the like.
  • C 2 -C 6 alkynyl or “C 2 -C 8 alkynyl,” as used herein, denote a group derived from a hydrocarbon moiety, wherein the hydrocarbon moiety has at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and contains from two to six, or two to eight carbon atoms, respectively.
  • Representative alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, for example, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, heptynyl, octynyl and the like.
  • C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl or "C 3 -Ci 2 -cycloalkyl,” as used herein, denotes a group derived from a monocyclic or polycyclic saturated carbocyclic ring, where the saturated carbocyclic ring compound has from 3 ot 8, or from 3 to 12, ring atoms, respectively.
  • C3-C 8 -cycloalkyl examples include, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl and cyclooctyl; and examples of C 3 -C 12 - cycloalkyl include, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, and bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl.
  • C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkenyl or "C 3 -Ci 2 -cycloalkenyl” as used herein, denote a group derived from a monocyclic or polycyclic carbocyclic ring compound having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, where the carbocyclic ring compound has from 3 ot 8, or from 3 to 12, ring atoms, respectively.
  • Cs-Cg-cycloalkenyl examples include, but not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, and the like; and examples of C 3 -Ci 2 -cycloalkenyl include, but not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, and the like.
  • aryl refers to a mono- or bicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or two aromatic rings including, but not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, idenyl and the like.
  • arylalkyl refers to a C 1 -C 3 alkyl or Ci-C 6 alkyl residue attached to an aryl ring. Examples include, but are not limited to, benzyl, phenethyl and the like.
  • heteroaryl refers to a mono-, bi-, or tri-cyclic aromatic radical or ring having from five to ten ring atoms of which at least one ring atom is selected from S, O and N; wherein any N or S contained within the ring may be optionally oxidized.
  • Heteroaryl includes, but is not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl, and the like.
  • heteroarylalkyl refers to a C 1 -C 3 alkyl or Ci-C 6 alkyl residue residue attached to a heteroaryl ring. Examples include, but are not limited to, pyridinylmethyl, pyrimidinylethyl and the like.
  • substituted refers to independent replacement of one, two, or three or more of the hydrogen atoms thereon with substituents including, but not limited to, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, protected hydroxy, -NO 2 , -CN, -NH 2 , N 3 , protected amino, alkoxy, thioalkyl, oxo, -halo- Ci-Ci 2 -alkyl, -halo- C 2 -Ci 2 -alkenyl, -halo- C 2 -Ci 2 -alkynyl, - halo-C 3 -Ci2-cycloalkyl, -NH -d-C ⁇ -alkyl, -NH -C 2 -Ci 2 -alkenyl, -NH -C 2 -C 12 -alkynyl, - NH -Cs-C ⁇ -cycloalkyl
  • each substituent in a substituted moiety is additionally optionally substituted with one or more groups, each group being independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -NO 2 , -CN, or -NH 2 .
  • any of the aryls, substituted aryls, heteroaryls and substituted heteroaryls described herein, can be any aromatic group.
  • Aromatic groups can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • any alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl moiety described herein can also be an aliphatic group, an alicyclic group or a heterocyclic group.
  • An "aliphatic group” is non-aromatic moiety that may contain any combination of carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, oxygen, nitrogen or other atoms, and optionally contain one or more units of unsaturation, e.g., double and/or triple bonds.
  • An aliphatic group may be straight chained, branched or cyclic and preferably contains between about 1 and about 24 carbon atoms, more typically between about 1 and about 12 carbon atoms.
  • aliphatic groups include, for example, polyalkoxyalkyls, such as polyalkylene glycols, polyamines, and polyimines, for example. Such aliphatic groups may be further substituted. It is understood that aliphatic groups may be used in place of the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups described herein.
  • alicyclic denotes a group derived from a monocyclic or polycyclic saturated carbocyclic ring compound. Examples include, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, and bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl. Such alicyclic groups may be further substituted.
  • heterocycloalkyl and “heterocyclic” can be used interchangeably and refer to a non-aromatic 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring or a bi- or tri-cyclic group fused system, where (i) each ring contains between one and three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, (ii) each 5-membered ring has 0 to 1 double bonds and each 6-membered ring has 0 to 2 double bonds, (iii) the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, (iv) the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized, (iv) any of the above rings may be fused to a benzene ring, and (v) the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms which may be optionally oxo-substituted.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, [l,3]dioxolane, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridazinonyl, and tetrahydrofuryl.
  • Such heterocyclic groups may be further substituted to give substituted heterocyclic.
  • alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl are intended to be monovalent or divalent.
  • alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene, cycloaklylene, cycloalkenylene, cycloalkynylene, arylalkylene, hetoerarylalkylene and heterocycloalkylene groups are to be included in the above definitions, and are applicable to provide the formulas herein with proper valency.
  • hydroxy activating group refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to activate a hydroxy group so that it will depart during synthetic procedures such as in a substitution or elimination reactions.
  • hydroxy activating group include, but not limited to, mesylate, tosylate, triflate, p- nitrobenzoate, phosphonate and the like.
  • activated hydroxy refers to a hydroxy group activated with a hydroxy activating group, as defined above, including mesylate, tosylate, triflate, p- nitrobenzoate, phosphonate groups, for example.
  • protected hydroxy refers to a hydroxy group protected with a hydroxy protecting group, as defined above, including benzoyl, acetyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, methoxymethyl groups.
  • the compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers and thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- , or as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids.
  • the present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms.
  • Optical isomers may be prepared from their respective optically active precursors by the procedures described above, or by resolving the racemic mixtures. The resolution can be carried out in the presence of a resolving agent, by chromatography or by repeated crystallization or by some combination of these techniques, which are known to those skilled in the art.
  • subject refers to a mammal.
  • a subject therefore refers to, for example, dogs, cats, horses, cows, pigs, guinea pigs, and the like.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the subject may be referred to herein as a patient.
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts of the compounds formed by the process of the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art.
  • hydroxy protecting group refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to protect a hydroxy group against undesired reactions during synthetic procedures. After said synthetic procedure(s) the hydroxy protecting group as described herein may be selectively removed. Hydroxy protecting groups as known in the are described generally in T.H. Greene and P. G., S. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999).
  • hydroxy protecting groups include benzyloxycarbonyl, 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, 2-furfuryloxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, acetyl, formyl, chloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methoxyacetyl, phenoxyacetyl, benzoyl, methyl, t-butyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 2-trimethylsilyl ethyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-propenyl, 3 -methyl- 3 -butenyl, allyl, benzyl, para- methoxybenzy
  • Preferred hydroxy protecting groups for the present invention are acetyl (Ac or -C(O)CH 3 ), benzoyl (Bz or -C(O)C 6 H 5 ), and trimethylsilyl (TMS or-Si(CH 3 ) 3 ).Berge, et al. describes pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 66: 1-19 (1977). The salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or separately by reacting the free base function with a suitable organic acid.
  • salts include, but are not limited to, nontoxic acid addition salts e.g., salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • nontoxic acid addition salts e.g., salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • salts include, but are not limited to, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamo
  • alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
  • amino protecting group refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to protect an amino group against undesired reactions during synthetic procedures. After said synthetic procedure(s) the amino protecting group as described herein may be selectively removed.
  • amino protecting groups as known in the are described generally in T.H. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999).
  • amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, t-butoxycarbonyl, 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable ester refers to esters of the compounds formed by the process of the present invention which hydro lyze in vivo and include those that break down readily in the human body to leave the parent compound or a salt thereof.
  • Suitable ester groups include, for example, those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable aliphatic carboxylic acids, particularly alkanoic, alkenoic, cycloalkanoic and alkanedioic acids, in which each alkyl or alkenyl moiety advantageously has not more than 6 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of particular esters include, but are not limited to, formates, acetates, propionates, butyrates, acrylates and ethylsuccinates.
  • prodrugs refers to those prodrugs of the compounds formed by the process of the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals with undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the present invention.
  • Prodrug as used herein means a compound, which is convertible in vivo by metabolic means (e.g. by hydrolysis) to afford any compound delineated by the formulae of the instant invention.
  • prodrugs are known in the art, for example, as discussed in Bundgaard, (ed.), Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985); Widder, et al. (ed.), Methods in Enzymology, vol. 4, Academic Press (1985); Krogsgaard-Larsen, et al., (ed). "Design and Application of Prodrugs, Textbook of Drug Design and Development, Chapter 5, 113-191 (1991); Bundgaard, et al., Journal of Drug Deliver Reviews, 8:1- 38(1992); Bundgaard, J. of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77:285 et seq. (1988); Higuchi and Stella (eds.) Prodrugs as Novel Drug Delivery Systems, American Chemical Society (1975); and Bernard Testa & Joachim Mayer, "Hydrolysis In Drug And Prodrug
  • acyl includes residues derived from acids, including but not limited to carboxylic acids, carbamic acids, carbonic acids, sulfonic acids, and phosphorous acids. Examples include aliphatic carbonyls, aromatic carbonyls, aliphatic sulfonyls, aromatic sulfmyls, aliphatic sulfinyls, aromatic phosphates and aliphatic phosphates. Examples of aliphatic carbonyls include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, 2-fluoroacetyl, butyryl, 2-hydroxy acetyl, and the like.
  • aprotic solvent refers to a solvent that is relatively inert to proton activity, i.e., not acting as a proton-donor.
  • examples include, but are not limited to, hydrocarbons, such as hexane and toluene, for example, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as, for example, methylene chloride, ethylene chloride, chloroform, and the like, heterocyclic compounds, such as, for example, tetrahydrofuran and N- methylpyrrolidinone, and ethers such as diethyl ether, bis-methoxymethyl ether.
  • solvents are well known to those skilled in the art, and individual solvents or mixtures thereof may be preferred for specific compounds and reaction conditions, depending upon such factors as the solubility of reagents, reactivity of reagents and preferred temperature ranges, for example. Further discussions of aprotic solvents may be found in organic chemistry textbooks or in specialized monographs, for example: Organic Solvents Physical Properties and Methods of Purification, 4th ed., edited by John A. Riddick et ah, Vol. II, in the Techniques of Chemistry Series, John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1986.
  • protogenic organic solvent or “protic solvent” as used herein, refer to a solvent that tends to provide protons, such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, and the like.
  • solvents are well known to those skilled in the art, and individual solvents or mixtures thereof may be preferred for specific compounds and reaction conditions, depending upon such factors as the solubility of reagents, reactivity of reagents and preferred temperature ranges, for example. Further discussions of protogenic solvents may be found in organic chemistry textbooks or in specialized monographs, for example: Organic Solvents Physical Properties and Methods of Purification, 4th ed., edited by John A. Riddick et ah, Vol. II, in the Techniques of Chemistry Series. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1986.
  • stable refers to compounds which possess stability sufficient to allow manufacture and which maintains the integrity of the compound for a sufficient period of time to be useful for the purposes detailed herein (e.g., therapeutic or prophylactic administration to a subject).
  • the synthesized compounds can be separated from a reaction mixture and further purified by a method such as column chromatography, high pressure liquid chromatography, or recrystallization. Additionally, the various synthetic steps may be performed in an alternate sequence or order to give the desired compounds.
  • the solvents, temperatures, reaction durations, etc. delineated herein are for purposes of illustration only and variation of the reaction conditions can produce the desired bridged macrocyclic products of the present invention.
  • Synthetic chemistry transformations and protecting group methodologies (protection and deprotection) useful in synthesizing the compounds described herein include, for example, those described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers (1989); T.W. Greene and P. G. M.
  • the compounds of this invention may be modified by appending various functionalities via synthetic means delineated herein to enhance selective biological properties. Such modifications include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological system (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
  • a given biological system e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system
  • Such modifications include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological system (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
  • compositions of the present invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a non-toxic, inert solid, semi-solid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type.
  • materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil; safflower oil; sesame oil; olive oil; corn oil and soybean oil; glycols; such a propylene glycol; esters such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium lauryl sulf
  • compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), buccally, or as an oral or nasal spray.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir, preferably by oral administration or administration by injection.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may contain any conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles.
  • the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or: a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and g
  • compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard- filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • the active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art.
  • the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch.
  • Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
  • buffering agents include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches.
  • the active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.
  • Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, eye ointments, powders and solutions are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
  • the ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
  • excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
  • Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the compounds of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
  • Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons.
  • Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body.
  • dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium.
  • Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin.
  • the rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
  • an inhibitory amount or dose of the compounds of the present invention may range from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 500 mg/Kg, alternatively from about 1 to about 50 mg/Kg. Inhibitory amounts or doses will also vary depending on route of administration, as well as the possibility of co-usage with other agents.
  • viral infections are treated or prevented in a subject such as a human or lower mammal by administering to the subject an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount or an inhibitory amount of a compound of the present invention, in such amounts and for such time as is necessary to achieve the desired result.
  • An additional method of the present invention is the treatment of biological samples with an inhibitory amount of a compound of composition of the present invention in such amounts and for such time as is necessary to achieve the desired result.
  • anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of the invention, as used herein, mean a sufficient amount of the compound so as to decrease the viral load in a biological sample or in a subject (e.g., resulting in at least 10%, preferably at least 50%, more preferably at least 80%, and most preferably at least 90% or 95%, reduction in viral load).
  • an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of this invention will be at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
  • inhibitory amount of a compound of the present invention means a sufficient amount to decrease the hepatitis C viral load in a biological sample or a subject (e.g., resulting in at least 10%, preferably at least 50%, more preferably at least 80%, and most preferably at least 90% or 95%, reduction in viral load). It is understood that when said inhibitory amount of a compound of the present invention is administered to a subject it will be at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment as determined by a physician.
  • biological sample(s), as used herein, means a substance of biological origin intended for administration to a subject.
  • biological samples include, but are not limited to, blood and components thereof such as plasma, platelets, subpopulations of blood cells and the like; organs such as kidney, liver, heart, lung, and the like; sperm and ova; bone marrow and components thereof; or stem cells.
  • another embodiment of the present invention is a method of treating a biological sample by contacting said biological sample with an inhibitory amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
  • a maintenance dose of a compound, composition or combination of this invention may be administered, if necessary.
  • the dosage or frequency of administration, or both may be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved condition is retained when the symptoms have been alleviated to the desired level, treatment should cease.
  • the subject may, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of disease symptoms.
  • the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
  • the specific inhibitory dose for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • the total daily inhibitory dose of the compounds of this invention administered to a subject in single or in divided doses can be in amounts, for example, from 0.01 to 50 mg/kg body weight or more usually from 0.1 to 25 mg/kg body weight.
  • Single dose compositions may contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose.
  • treatment regimens according to the present invention comprise administration to a patient in need of such treatment from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg of the compound(s) of this invention per day in single or multiple doses. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein are accorded the meaning commonly known to one with ordinary skill in the art. All publications, patents, published patent applications, and other references mentioned herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. ABBREVIATIONS
  • ACN for acetonitrile
  • BME for 2-mercaptoethanol
  • BOP for benzotriazol- 1 -yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
  • COD for cyclooctadiene
  • DAST diethylaminosulfur trifluoride
  • DCM dichloromethane
  • DIAD diisopropyl azodicarboxylate
  • DIBAL-H diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • DIEA diisopropyl ethylamine
  • DMAP N,N-dimethylaminopyridine
  • DME for ethylene glycol dimethyl ether
  • DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Eagles Media
  • DMF N,N-dimethyl formamide
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • KHMDS potassium bis(trimethylsilyl) amide
  • RT-PCR for reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction
  • TEA for triethyl amine
  • TFA for trifluoroacetic acid
  • THF for tetrahydrofuran
  • TLC for thin layer chromatography
  • TPP or PPh 3 for triphenylphosphine
  • tBOC or Boc for tert-butyloxy carbonyl
  • intermediate _l-2 Another general method to prepare intermediate _l-2 is exemplified in Scheme 5.
  • the acyclic dipeptide precursor 5-2 was synthesized from Boc-L-tert-leucine 4-1 and trans-L-hydroxyproline methyl ester 5-1.
  • the SN2 displacement of reactant Q" with compound 5-2 in the presence of a base gave compound 5-3.
  • compound 4-5 first reacted with an activated agent (such as CDI), followed by adding reactant Q', giving compound 4-5. Subsequent removal of the acid protecting group from compound 4-5 afforded compounds of formula l_-2.
  • an activated agent such as CDI
  • Example 5 was prepared following the same procedures as described in example 1 Step IJ. MS(ESI): m/z 744.38 (M+H).
  • Example 9 to 74 compounds of Formula XI in Table 1 are made following the procedures described in Example 1 to 8 and the Synthetic Methods section.
  • compound 76b was made from compound 76a using coupling reagent HATU/base and cyclopropylsulfonamide. Step 76C
  • the title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 78.
  • Example 97 to 201 compounds of Formula XII in Table 2 are made following the procedures described in Example 75 to 96 and the Synthetic Methods section.
  • Example 202 to 300 compounds of Formula XIII in Table 3 are made following the procedures described in Example 75 to 96 and the Synthetic Methods section.
  • Example 305 to 499 compounds of Formula VIII in Table 4 are made following the procedures described in Example 301 to 304.
  • the compounds of the present invention exhibit potent inhibitory properties against the HCV NS3 protease.
  • the following examples describe assays in which the compounds of the present invention can be tested for anti-HCV effects.
  • HCV protease activity and inhibition is assayed using an internally quenched fluorogenic substrate.
  • a DABCYL and an EDANS group are attached to opposite ends of a short peptide. Quenching of the EDANS fluorescence by the DABCYL group is relieved upon proteolytic cleavage. Fluorescence is measured with a Molecular Devices Fluoromax (or equivalent) using an excitation wavelength of 355 nm and an emission wavelength of 485 nm.
  • the assay is run in Corning white half-area 96-well plates (VWR 29444-312 [Corning 3693]) with full-length NS3 HCV protease Ib tethered with NS4A cofactor (final enzyme concentration 1 to 15 nM).
  • the assay buffer is complemented with 10 ⁇ M NS4A cofactor Pep 4A (Anaspec 25336 or in-house, MW 1424.8).
  • RET Sl (Ac-Asp- Glu-Asp(EDANS)-Glu-Glu-Abu-[COO]Ala-Ser-Lys-(D ABCYL)-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 4), AnaSpec 22991, MW 1548.6) is used as the fluorogenic peptide substrate.
  • the assay buffer contains 50 mM Hepes at pH 7.5, 30 mM NaCl and 10 mM BME. The enzyme reaction is followed over a 30 minutes time course at room temperature in the absence and presence of inhibitors.
  • HCV Inh 1 (Anaspec 25345, MW 796.8) Ac-Asp-Glu-Met- Glu-Glu-Cys-OH, (SEQ ID NO: 5) [-20 0 C] and HCV Inh 2 (Anaspec 25346, MW 913.1) Ac-Asp-Glu-Dif-Cha-Cys-OH, (SEQ ID NO. 6) are used as reference compounds.
  • Example 501 - Cell-Based Replicon Assay Quantification of HCV replicon RNA is accomplished using the Huh 11-7 cell line (Lohmann, et al Science 285:110-113, 1999). Cells are seeded at 4x10 3 cells/well in 96 well plates and fed media containing DMEM (high glucose), 10% fetal calf serum, penicillin-streptomycin and non-essential amino acids. Cells are incubated in a 7.5% CO 2 incubator at 37 0 C. At the end of the incubation period, total RNA is extracted and purified from cells using Ambion RNAqueous 96 Kit (Catalog No. AM1812).
  • primers specific for HCV mediate both the reverse transcription of the HCV RNA and the amplification of the cDNA by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using the TaqMan One-Step RT-PCR Master Mix Kit (Applied Biosystems catalog no. 4309169).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the nucleotide sequences of the RT-PCR primers, which are located in the NS5B region of the HCV genome, are the following: HCV Forward primer "RBNS5bfor"
  • Detection of the RT-PCR product is accomplished using the Applied Biosystems (ABI) Prism 7500 Sequence Detection System (SDS) that detects the fluorescence that is emitted when the probe, which is labeled with a fluorescence reporter dye and a quencher dye, is degraded during the PCR reaction.
  • SDS Sequence Detection System
  • the increase in the amount of fluorescence is measured during each cycle of PCR and reflects the increasing amount of RT-PCR product.
  • quantification is based on the threshold cycle, where the amplification plot crosses a defined fluorescence threshold. Comparison of the threshold cycles of the sample with a known standard provides a highly sensitive measure of relative template concentration in different samples (ABI User Bulletin #2 December 11, 1997).
  • the data is analyzed using the ABI SDS program version 1.7.
  • the relative template concentration can be converted to RNA copy numbers by employing a standard curve of HCV RNA standards with known copy number (ABI User Bulletin #2 December 11 , 1997).
  • the RT-PCR product was detected using the following labeled probe:
  • FAM Fluorescence reporter dye
  • TAMRA Quencher dye
  • the RT reaction is performed at 48 0 C for 30 minutes followed by PCR.
  • Thermal cycler parameters used for the PCR reaction on the ABI Prism 7500 Sequence Detection System are: one cycle at 95 0 C, 10 minutes followed by 40 cycles each of which include one incubation at 95 0 C for 15 seconds and a second incubation for 6O 0 C for 1 minute.
  • RT-PCR is performed on the cellular messenger RNA glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH).
  • GAPDH messenger RNA glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase
  • the GAPDH copy number is very stable in the cell lines used.
  • GAPDH RT-PCR is performed on the same RNA sample from which the HCV copy number is determined.
  • the GAPDH primers and probes are contained in the ABI Pre-Developed TaqMan Assay Kit (catalog no. 4310884E).
  • the ratio of HCV/GAPDH RNA is used to calculate the activity of compounds evaluated for inhibition of HCV RNA replication.
  • S the ratio of HCV RNA copy number/GAPDH RNA copy number in the sample;
  • C 1 the ratio of HCV RNA copy number/GAPDH RNA copy number in the 0% inhibition control (media/1 %DMS0).
  • the dose-response curve of the inhibitor is generated by adding compound in serial, three-fold dilutions over three logs to wells starting with the highest concentration of a specific compound at 1.5 uM and ending with the lowest concentration of 0.23 nM. Further dilution series (500 nM to 0.08 nM for example) is performed if the EC50 value is not positioned well on the curve. EC50 is determined with the IDBS Activity Base program "XL Fit" using a 4-paramater, non-linear regression fit (model # 205 in version 4.2.1, build 16).

Abstract

The present invention relates to compounds of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug, thereof: ( I ) which inhibit serine protease activity, particularly the activity of hepatitis c virus (HCV) NS3-NS4A protease. Consequently, the compounds of the present invention interfere with the life cycle of the hepatitis c virus and are also useful as antiviral agents. The present invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the aforementioned compounds for administration to a subject suffering from HCV infection. The invention also relates to methods of treating an HCV infection in a subject by administering a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compounds of the present invention.

Description

FLUORINATED TRIPEPTIDE HCV SERINE PROTEASE INHIBITORS
Inventors: Yonghua Gai, Yat Sun Or, Zhe Wang
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of US provisional application number 60/992,574 filed on December 5, 2007, and US provisional application number 61/023,254 filed on January 24, 2008. The contents of the above applications are incorporated herein by reference. TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates to fluorinated tripeptides having antiviral activity against HCV and useful in the treatment of HCV infections. More particularly, the invention relates to novel tripeptide compounds, compositions containing such compounds and methods for using the same, as well as processes for making such compounds.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
HCV is the principal cause of non-A, non-B hepatitis and is an increasingly severe public health problem both in the developed and developing world. It is estimated that the virus infects over 200 million people worldwide, surpassing the number of individuals infected with the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) by nearly five fold. HCV infected patients, due to the high percentage of individuals inflicted with chronic infections, are at an elevated risk of developing cirrhosis of the liver, subsequent hepatocellular carcinoma and terminal liver disease. HCV is the most prevalent cause of hepatocellular cancer and cause of patients requiring liver transplantations in the western world. There are considerable barriers to the development of anti-HC V therapeutics, which include, but are not limited to, the persistence of the virus, the genetic diversity of the virus during replication in the host, the high incident rate of the virus developing drug- resistant mutants, and the lack of reproducible infectious culture systems and small-animal models for HCV replication and pathogenesis. In a majority of cases, given the mild course of the infection and the complex biology of the liver, careful consideration must be given to antiviral drugs, which are likely to have significant side effects.
Only two approved therapies for HCV infection are currently available. The original treatment regimen generally involves a 3-12 month course of intravenous interferon-α (IFN-α), while a new approved second-generation treatment involves co- treatment with IFN-α and the general antiviral nucleoside mimics like ribavirin. Both of these treatments suffer from interferon related side effects as well as low efficacy against HCV infections. There exists a need for the development of effective antiviral agents for treatment of HCV infection due to the poor tolerability and disappointing efficacy of existing therapies.
In a patient population where the majority of individuals are chronically infected and asymptomatic and the prognoses are unknown, an effective drug must possess significantly fewer side effects than the currently available treatments. The hepatitis C non-structural protein-3 (NS3) is a proteolytic enzyme required for processing of the viral polyprotein and consequently viral replication. Despite the huge number of viral variants associated with HCV infection, the active site of the NS3 protease remains highly conserved thus making its inhibition an attractive mode of intervention. Recent success in the treatment of HIV with protease inhibitors supports the concept that the inhibition of NS3 is a key target in the battle against HCV.
HCV is a flaviridae type RNA virus. The HCV genome is enveloped and contains a single strand RNA molecule composed of circa 9600 base pairs. It encodes a polypeptide comprised of approximately 3010 amino acids.
The HCV polyprotein is processed by viral and host peptidase into 10 discreet peptides which serve a variety of functions. There are three structural proteins, C, El and E2. The P7 protein is of unknown function and is comprised of a highly variable sequence. There are six non-structural proteins. NS2 is a zinc-dependent metalloproteinase that functions in conjunction with a portion of the NS3 protein. NS3 incorporates two catalytic functions (separate from its association with NS2): a serine protease at the N-terminal end, which requires NS4A as a cofactor, and an ATP-ase- dependent helicase function at the carboxyl terminus. NS4A is a tightly associated but non-covalent cofactor of the serine protease.
The NS3-NS4A protease is responsible for cleaving four sites on the viral polyprotein. The NS3-NS4A cleavage is autocatalytic, occurring in cis. The remaining three hydrolyses, NS4A-NS4B, NS4B-NS5A and NS5A-NS5B all occur in trans. NS3 is a serine protease which is structurally classified as a chymotrypsin-like protease. While the NS serine protease possesses proteolytic activity by itself, the HCV protease enzyme is not an efficient enzyme in terms of catalyzing polyprotein cleavage. It has been shown that a central hydrophobic region of the NS4A protein is required for this enhancement. The complex formation of the NS3 protein with NS4A seems necessary to the processing events, enhancing the proteolytic efficacy at all of the sites.
A general strategy for the development of antiviral agents is to inactivate virally encoded enzymes, including NS3, that are essential for the replication of the virus.
Current efforts directed toward the discovery of NS3 protease inhibitors were reviewed by S. Tan, A. Pause, Y. Shi, N. Sonenberg, Hepatitis C Therapeutics: Current Status and Emerging Strategies, Nature Rev. Drug Discov., 1, 867-881 (2002).
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel tripeptide compounds and methods of treating a hepatitis C infection in a subject in need of such therapy with said tripeptide compounds. The present invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the present invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or prodrugs thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
In one embodiment of the present invention there are disclosed compounds represented by Formula I, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or prodrugs thereof: In one embodiment of the present invention, there are disclosed compounds of formula I:
Figure imgf000004_0001
as well as the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and prodrugs thereof, wherein: M is absent, O, S, S(O), SO2, NH, O(CO), NH(CO), NH(CO)NH, NHSO2, NHSO2NH, NH(CO)O, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene or substituted alkenylene; Cy is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl; substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted
cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl and
Figure imgf000004_0002
; wherein Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen; b) aryl; c) substituted aryl; d) heteroaryl; e) substituted heteroaryl; f) heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic; g) -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, or -C2-Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; h) substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, or substituted -C2-
Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; i) -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; j) substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; k) -Q-R3, where Q is (CO), (CO)O, (CO)NR4, (SO), (SO2), (SO2)NR4; and
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of: (i) hydrogen; (ϋ) aryl; (iii) substituted aryl; (iv) heteroaryl;
(v) substituted heteroaryl; (vi) heterocyclic; (vii) substituted heterocyclic;
(viii) -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, or -C2-Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N;
(ix) substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; (x) -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; (xi) substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; or Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from: substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, or heterocyclic; or substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, or heterocyclic each fused with one or more group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloakenyl, and substituted cycloalkenyl;
G is -E-R3, where E is absent or E is O, CO, (CO)O, (CO)NH, NR5, NH(CO),
NH(CO)NH, NH(SO2)NH or NHSO2;
A is selected from the group consisting of R5, (CO)R5, (CO)OR5, (CO)NHR5, SO2R5, (SO2)OR5 and SO2NHR5;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen b) aryl; c) substituted aryl; d) heteroaryl; e) substituted heteroaryl; f) heterocyclic; g) substituted heterocyclic; h) -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl each containing O, 1 , 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; i) substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, or substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; j) -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; k) substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl;
B is H or CH3;
L is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen; (ii) aryl;
(iii) substituted aryl;
(iv) heteroaryl;
(v) substituted heteroaryl; (vi) heterocyclic;
(vii) substituted heterocyclic;
(viii) -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or
3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; (ix) substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; (x) -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; (xi) substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl;
Zi and Z2 are independently selected from halogen; preferably F, Cl and Br;
m = 0, 1, 2 or 3; n = 1 , 2 or 3 and h = 1, 2, or 3.
In another embodiment, the present invention features pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof. In still another embodiment of the present invention there are disclosed pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In yet another embodiment of the invention are methods of treating a hepatitis C infection in a subject in need of such treatment with said pharmaceutical compositions.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
A first embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula I as described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula II:
Figure imgf000008_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, where A, L, M, Cy, G, Zi and Z2 are as defined in the previous embodiment. Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula
III:
Figure imgf000008_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof, alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient; wherein Re is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl; J is absent or is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, - N(R5)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(R5)-, -C(O)O-, -N(R5)C(O)-, -NH(CO)NH-, -N(R5)SO2-, alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene; wherein R5 are as defined in the first embodiment;
Each R7I, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of : (i) hydrogen;
(ii) halogen; (iii) -NO2; (iv) -CN;
(v) -M-R4, wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, N(R5); (vi) aryl; (vii) substituted aryl; (viii) heteroaryl; (ix) substituted heteroaryl; (x) heterocycloalkyl; and (xi) substituted heterocycloalkyl; where A, L, G, Zi Z2, R4, and R5 are as defined previously in the first embodiment.
In one example, A is selected from the group consisting of H, R1, -(C=O)-O-Ri, where Ri is selected from aryl; substituted aryl; heteroaryl; substituted heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl; -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, or -C2-Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N; substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl; -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. R6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl. J is absent. G can be -NH-SO2-NR4R5 or -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, - C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted - C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, and R4 and R5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, -C1- C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Each R71, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO2, -CN, -M-R4, wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, N(R5), aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl. Zi and Z2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
In still another example, A is selected from the group consisting of H, R1, where Ri is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N; substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, or substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl; -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. R6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl. J is absent. G is -NHSO2- R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Each R71, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO2, -CN, and -O-R4, where R4 is as defined in the example immediately above. Zi and Z2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula IV:
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein R6, R7i, R72, R73, R74 and J are as defined in the previous embodiment; and
A, L, G, Zi and Z2 are as previously defined in the first embodiment.
In one example, A is selected from the group consisting of H, R1, -(C=O)-O-Ri, where Ri is selected from aryl; substituted aryl; heteroaryl; substituted heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl; -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N; substituted
-Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl; -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. R6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl. J is absent. G can be -NH-SO2-NR4R5 or -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, - C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted - C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, and R4 and R5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, -C1- Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, -C2-Cg alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. Each R71, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO2, -CN, -M-R4, wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, NR5, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl, wherein R4, R5 are as defined previously. Zi and Z2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
In still another example, A is selected from the group consisting of H, R1, where Ri is selected from -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N; substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl; -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. R6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl. J is absent. G is -NHSO2- R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Each R71, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO2, -CN. Zi and Z2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br. Another embodiment of the invention is a compound represented by Formula
V:
Figure imgf000011_0001
Wherein R71, R72, R73 and R74 are as defined in the previous embodiment; and A, L, G, Zi and Z2 are as previously defined in the first embodiment. In one example, A is selected from the group consisting of H, R1, -(C=O)-O-Ri, where Ri is selected from aryl; substituted aryl; heteroaryl; substituted heteroaryl; heterocycloalkyl or substituted heterocycloalkyl; -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N; substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl; -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. G can be -NH-SO2- NR4R5 or -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, and R4 and R5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, -C2- Cg alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Each R71, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO2, -CN, -M-R4, wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, NR5, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl, wherein R4, R5 are as defined previously. Zi and Z2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br. In still another example, A is selected from the group consisting of H, R1, where Ri is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, or N; substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, or substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl; -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Each R7i, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -NO2, -CN. Zi and Z2 can be independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula VI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000013_0001
where A, G, L, Ri, Zi and Z2 are as previously defined. In a preferred example, Ri is not hydrogen.
In another example, Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. A is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-Rs, -C(O)-O-Rs and - C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl, - C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted - C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. L can be selected from Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. G can be -0-R3, -NH-C(O)-R3, -NH-SO2-NH-R3 or -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. In still another example, Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic. A is -C(O)-O-R5 or -C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted - C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is - NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl.
In still yet another example, Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic. A is -C(O)-O-Rs, where R5 is -C3-C12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl. L is selected from -Ci-Cg alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from - C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl.
In another example, Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic. A is - C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. L is selected from -C1- Cg alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C3-C12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl.
In yet another example, Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic. A is - C(O)-R5, where R5 is substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted - C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. In still another example, Ri is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic. A is -C(O)-R5, where R5 is substituted methyl and is substiututed at least with (1) aryl or heteroaryl and (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl. L is -C1-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is -C3-C12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl.
In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000015_0001
where A, G, L, R1, R2, Zi and Z2 are as previously defined in the first embodiment. In one example, Ri and R2 are not both hydrogen.
In another example, Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl; or Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R3, where each R3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic. A can be selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R5, -C(O)-O-R5 and -C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, - Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. L can be selected from Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. G can be -0-R3, -NH-C(O)-R3, -NH- SO2-NH-R3 or -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl.. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br.
In a preferred example, Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R3, where each R3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic. A is -C(O)-O-Rs or -C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is - Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, - C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. In another preferred example, Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R3, where each R3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic. A is -C(O)-O-R5, where R5 is -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl.
In still another preferred example, Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom
to which they are attached form
Figure imgf000016_0001
which is optionally substituted with one or more groups, and each group is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, formyl, -Ci-C8alkyl or -C2-Cgalkenyl, or -C2-Cgalkynyl. A is -C(O)-O-Rs, where R5 is -C3-C12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl. L is selected from -C1- C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl.
In yet another preferred example, Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R3, where each R3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic. A is -C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is -Ci-Cg alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl. Preferably, Ri and R2
taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form
Figure imgf000017_0001
which is optionally substituted with one or more groups, and each group is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, formyl, -Ci-C8alkyl or -C2- C8alkenyl, or -C2-C8alkynyl.
In another preferred example, Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from (1) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic, or (2) substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclic each fused with one or more R3, where each R3 is independently selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic. A is -C(O)-R5, where R5 is substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) - NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl.
In yet another preferred example, Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to
which they are attached form
Figure imgf000018_0001
which is optionally substituted with one or more groups, and each group is independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, formyl, -Ci-C8alkyl or -C2-C8alkenyl, or -C2-C8alkynyl. A is -C(O)-Rs, where R5 is substituted methyl and is substiututed at least with (1) aryl or heteroaryl and (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl. L is -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is - C3-C12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl.
In a further embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula VIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000018_0002
(VIII) wherein V is absent, or V is CO, O, S, SO, SO2, NH, NCH3, or (CH2)q; where q is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and where X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of: aryl; substituted aryl; heteroaryl; substituted heteroaryl; heterocyclic; substituted heterocyclic; and where A, G, L, Zi and Z2 are as previously defined in the first embodiment. In one example,
Figure imgf000019_0001
is selected from
Figure imgf000019_0002
; wherein Xi-Xs are independently selected from CH and N and Xi-Xs can be further substituted when it is a CH, and Y1-Y3 are independently selected from CH, N, NH, S and O and Y1-Y3 can be further substituted when it is CH or NH; V is absent, CO, O, S, NH, or (CH2)q, where q is 1, 2 or 3. A can be selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R5, -C(O)-O-R5 and -C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. L is selected from Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G can be -0-R3, -NH-C(O)-R3, -NH- SO2-NH-R3 or -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl.
Figure imgf000019_0003
In still another example, -i***^ is selected from
Figure imgf000019_0004
wherein Xi-X8 are independently selected from CH and N and Xi-X8 can be further substituted when it is a CH, and Yi-Y3 are independently selected from CH, N, NH, S and O and Yi-Y3 can be further substituted when it is CH or NH; V is absent, CO, O, S, NH, or (CH2)q, where q is 1, 2 or 3. A is - C(O)-O-R5, where R5 is -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. L is selected from -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted - C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl.
In still yet another example,
Figure imgf000020_0001
is selected from
Figure imgf000020_0002
, and s wherein Xi-X8 are independently selected from CH and N and Xi-X8 can be further substituted when it is a CH, and Y1-Y3 are independently selected from CH, N, NH, S and O and Y1-Y3 can be further substituted when it is CH or NH; V is absent, CO, O, S, NH, or (CH2)q, where q is 1, 2 or 3. A is - C(O)-O-R5, where R5 is -C3-C12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C3-C12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl.
In a preferred example, Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to which
they are attached form
Figure imgf000020_0003
, wherein Xi-X8 are independently selected from CH and N and Xi-X8 can be further substituted when it is a CH; V is absent, CO, O, S, NH, or (CH2)q, where q is 1, 2 or 3. A is -C(O)-O-R5, where R5 is -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C3-C12 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl. In a most preferred example, Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to
which they are attached form
Figure imgf000021_0001
s wherein Ra and Rb is independently selected from hydrogen or halogen. A is -C(O)-O-R5, where R5 is -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl. L is selected from -Ci-Cs alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is - NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl.
In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula IX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000021_0002
Where X1-X4 are independently selected from CO, CH, NH, O and N; where X1-
X4 can be further substituted when any one of Xi-X4 is a CH or NH; where R6 and R7 are independently R3, where R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) hydrogen; (ii) aryl;
(iii) substituted aryl; (iv) heteroaryl; (v) substituted heteroaryl; (vi) heterocyclic; (vii) substituted heterocyclic;
(viii) -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, or -C2-Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; (ix) substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; (x) -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl; (xi) substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl; and where A, G, L, V, Zi and Z2 are as previously defined in the embodiment immediately above. Alternatively, R6 and R7 can be independently selected from halogen, oxo, thioxo, nitro, cyano, -OR3, -SR3, -NR3R4, -SOR3, -SO2R3, -NHSO2R3, -SO2NHR3, -COR3, - CO2R3, (CO)NHR3, -OCOR3, OCONHR3, NHCO2R3, -NH(CO)R3, -NH(CO)NHR3, and - NH(SO2)NHR3.
In one example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, -C2-Cg alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R5, -C(O)-O-R5 and -C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, -C2-Cg alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. L is selected from Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G can be -0-R3', -NH-C(O)-R3', -NH- SO2-NH-R3' or -NHSO2-R3', where R3' is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. In another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-O-R5 or -C(O)-NH-R5, , where R5 is -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted - C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2- C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3', where R3' is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl.
In still another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-O-R5, where R5 is -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3', where R3' is selected from - C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl.
In another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl. In yet another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-Rs, where R5 is substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)- heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl.
In still another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-Rs, where R5 is substituted methyl and is substiututed at least with (1) aryl or heteroaryl and (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl. L is -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl.
In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula X, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000024_0001
(X)
Where Yi-Y3 are independently selected from CO, CH, NH, N, S and O; and Yi- Y3 can be further substituted when any one OfYi-Y3 is CH or NH; Y4 is selected from C, CH and N; and where A, G, L, R6, R7, V, Zi and Z2 are as previously defined in the embodiment immediately above.
In one example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R5, -C(O)-O-R5 and -C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. L is selected from Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G can be -0-R3', -NH-C(O)-R3', -NH- SO2-NH-R3' or -NHSO2-R3', where R3' is selected from hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl.
In another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-O-R5 or -C(O)-NH-R5, where R5 is -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted - C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2- C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3', where R3' is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl.
In still another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-O-Rs, where R5 is -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl. L is selected from -Ci-Cs alkyl or substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3', where R3' is selected from - C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl.
In another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-NH-Rs, where R5 is -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl.
In yet another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-Rs, where R5 is substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl (e.g., substituted methyl or ethyl) and is substiututed with (1) aryl or heteroaryl, (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)- heteroaryl, and optionally (3) one or more other substituents. L is selected from -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkenyl, substituted -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl.
In still another example, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl, substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, and substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl. A is -C(O)-Rs, where R5 is substituted methyl and is substiututed at least with (1) aryl or heteroaryl and (2) -NHC(O)-aryl or -NHC(O)-heteroaryl. L is -Ci-C8 alkyl or substituted -Ci-C8 alkyl. Zi and Z2 are independently selected from F, Cl and Br. G is -NHSO2-R3, where R3 is -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl.
Representative compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, the following compounds (Table 1) according to Formula XI,
Figure imgf000027_0001
Wherein A, L, Q and G are delineated for each example in TABLE 1 :
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000027_0002
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
Representative compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, the following compounds (Table 2) according to Formula XII
Figure imgf000034_0002
Wherein Ri and R2 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form RiR2, and A, RiR2, L and G are delineated for each example in TABLE 2: TABLE 2
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
V?
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Additional non-limiting examples of the compounds of the invention are those compounds 202-300 of the formula XIII:
Figure imgf000044_0001
(XIII)
Rx, L, W and G are delineated for each example in TABLE 3 :
TABLE 3
Figure imgf000044_0002
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Representative compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, the following compounds (Table 4) according to Formula XIV
W1
Figure imgf000054_0001
Wherein A, L, Wi and G are delineated for each example in TABLE 4:
TABLE 4
Figure imgf000054_0002
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
The present invention also features pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof. Compounds of the present invention can be administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent, or used in combination with one or more agents to treat or prevent hepatitis C infections or the symptoms associated with HCV infection. Other agents to be administered in combination with a compound or combination of compounds of the invention include therapies for disease caused by HCV infection that suppresses HCV viral replication by direct or indirect mechanisms. These include agents such as host immune modulators (for example, interferon-alpha, pegylated interferon-alpha, interferon- beta, interferon-gamma, CpG oligonucleotides and the like), or antiviral compounds that inhibit host cellular functions such as inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase (for example, ribavirin and the like). Also included are cytokines that modulate immune function. Also included are vaccines comprising HCV antigens or antigen adjuvant combinations directed against HCV. Also included are agents that interact with host cellular components to block viral protein synthesis by inhibiting the internal ribosome entry site (IRES) initiated translation step of HCV viral replication or to block viral particle maturation and release with agents targeted toward the viroporin family of membrane proteins such as, for example, HCV P7 and the like. Other agents to be administered in combination with a compound of the present invention include any agent or combination of agents that inhibit the replication of HCV by targeting proteins of the viral genome involved in the viral replication. These agents include but are not limited to other inhibitors of HCV RNA dependent RNA polymerase such as, for example, nucleoside type polymerase inhibitors described in WOOl 90121(A2), or U.S. Pat. No. 6,348,587Bl or WO0160315 or WO0132153 or non-nucleoside inhibitors such as, for example, benzimidazole polymerase inhibitors described in EP 1162196Al or WO0204425 or inhibitors of HCV protease such as, for example, peptidomimetic type inhibitors such as BILN2061 and the like or inhibitors of HCV helicase.
Other agents to be administered in combination with a compound of the present invention include any agent or combination of agents that inhibit the replication of other viruses for co-infected individuals. These agent include but are not limited to therapies for disease caused by hepatitis B (HBV) infection such as, for example, adefovir, lamivudine, and tenofovir or therapies for disease caused by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection such as, for example, protease inhibitors: ritonavir, lopinavir, indinavir, nelfmavir, saquinavir, amprenavir, atazanavir, tipranavir, TMC-114, fosamprenavir; reverse transcriptase inhibitors: zidovudine, lamivudine, didanosine, stavudine, tenofovir, zalcitabine, abacavir, efavirenz, nevirapine, delavirdine, TMC-125; integrase inhibitors: L- 870812, S-1360, or entry inhibitors: enfuvirtide (T-20), T-1249.
Accordingly, one aspect of the invention is directed to a method for treating or preventing an infection caused by an RNA-containing virus comprising co-administering to a patient in need of such treatment one or more agents selected from the group consisting of a host immune modulator and a second antiviral agent, or a combination thereof, with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or combination of compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof. Examples of the host immune modulator are, but not limited to, interferon-alpha, pegylated-interferon-alpha, interferon- beta, interferon-gamrna, a cytokine, a vaccine, and a vaccine comprising an antigen and an adjuvant, and said second antiviral agent inhibits replication of HCV either by inhibiting host cellular functions associated with viral replication or by targeting proteins of the viral genome.
Further aspect of the invention is directed to a method of treating or preventing infection caused by an RNA-containing virus comprising co-administering to a patient in need of such treatment an agent or combination of agents that treat or alleviate symptoms of HCV infection including cirrhosis and inflammation of the liver, with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or combination of compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof. Yet another aspect of the invention provides a method of treating or preventing infection caused by an RNA-containing virus comprising co-administering to a patient in need of such treatment one or more agents that treat patients for disease caused by hepatitis B (HBV) infection, with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a combination of compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof. An agent that treats patients for disease caused by hepatitis B (HBV) infection may be for example, but not limited thereto, L- deoxythymidine, adefovir, lamivudine or tenfovir, or any combination thereof. Example of the RNA-containing virus includes, but not limited to, hepatitis C virus (HCV).
Another aspect of the invention provides a method of treating or preventing infection caused by an RNA-containing virus comprising co-administering to a patient in need of such treatment one or more agents that treat patients for disease caused by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection, with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a combination of compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof. The agent that treats patients for disease caused by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection may include, but is not limited thereto, ritonavir, lopinavir, indinavir, nelfmavir, saquinavir, amprenavir, atazanavir, tipranavir, TMC-114, fosamprenavir, zidovudine, lamivudine, didanosine, stavudine, tenofovir, zalcitabine, abacavir, efavirenz, nevirapine, delavirdine, TMC-125, L-870812, S-1360, enfuvirtide (T-20) or T-1249, or any combination thereof. Example of the RNA-containing virus includes, but not limited to, hepatitis C virus (HCV). In addition, the present invention provides the use of a compound or a combination of compounds of the invention, or a therapeutically acceptable salt form, stereoisomer, or tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof, and one or more agents selected from the group consisting of a host immune modulator and a second antiviral agent, or a combination thereof, to prepare a medicament for the treatment of an infection caused by an RNA-containing virus in a patient, particularly hepatitis C virus. Examples of the host immune modulator are, but not limited to, interferon-alpha, pegylated- interferon-alpha, interferon-beta, interferon-gamma, a cytokine, a vaccine, and a vaccine comprising an antigen and an adjuvant, and said second antiviral agent inhibits replication of HCV either by inhibiting host cellular functions associated with viral replication or by targeting proteins of the viral genome.
When used in the above or other treatments, combination of compound or compounds of the invention, together with one or more agents as defined herein above, can be employed in pure form or, where such forms exist, in pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof. Alternatively, such combination of therapeutic agents can be administered as a pharmaceutical composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or combination of compounds of interest, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salt form, prodrugs, or salts of the prodrug, in combination with one or more agents as defined hereinabove, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such pharmaceutical compositions can be used for inhibiting the replication of an RNA-containing virus, particularly Hepatitis C virus (HCV), by contacting said virus with said pharmaceutical composition. In addition, such compositions are useful for the treatment or prevention of an infection caused by an RNA- containing virus, particularly Hepatitis C virus (HCV).
Hence, further aspect of the invention is directed to a method of treating or preventing infection caused by an RNA-containing virus, particularly a hepatitis C virus (HCV), comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or combination of compounds of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, or tautomer, prodrug, salt of a prodrug, or combination thereof, one or more agents as defined hereinabove, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
When administered as a combination, the therapeutic agents can be formulated as separate compositions which are given at the same time or within a predetermined period of time, or the therapeutic agents can be given as a single unit dosage form.
Antiviral agents contemplated for use in such combination therapy include agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal, including but not limited to agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal. Such agents can be selected from another anti-HCV agent; an HIV inhibitor; an HAV inhibitor; and an HBV inhibitor.
Other anti-HCV agents include those agents that are effective for diminishing or preventing the progression of hepatitis C related symptoms or disease. Such agents include but are not limited to immunomodulatory agents, inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease, other inhibitors of HCV polymerase, inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle and other anti-HCV agents, including but not limited to ribavirin, amantadine, levovirin and viramidine.
Immunomodulatory agents include those agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to enhance or potentiate the immune system response in a mammal. Immunomodulatory agents include, but are not limited to, inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors such as VX-497 (merimepodib, Vertex Pharmaceuticals), class I interferons, class II interferons, consensus interferons, asialo-interferons pegylated interferons and conjugated interferons, including but not limited to interferons conjugated with other proteins including but not limited to human albumin. Class I interferons are a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type I, including both naturally and synthetically produced class I interferons, while class II interferons all bind to receptor type II. Examples of class I interferons include, but are not limited to, [alpha]-, [beta]-,
[delta]-, [omega]-, and [tau] -interferons, while examples of class II interferons include, but are not limited to, [gamma] -interferons.
Inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease include agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to inhibit the function of HCV NS3 protease in a mammal. Inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease include, but are not limited to, those compounds described in WO 99/07733, WO 99/07734, WO 00/09558, WO 00/09543, WO 00/59929, WO 03/064416, WO 03/064455, WO 03/064456, WO 2004/030670, WO 2004/037855, WO 2004/039833, WO 2004/101602, WO 2004/101605, WO 2004/103996, WO 2005/028501 , WO 2005/070955, WO 2006/000085, WO 2006/007700 and WO 2006/007708 (all by Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 02/060926, WO 03/053349, WO03/099274, WO 03/099316, WO 2004/032827, WO 2004/043339, WO 2004/094452, WO 2005/046712, WO 2005/051410, WO 2005/054430 (all by BMS), WO 2004/072243, WO 2004/093798, WO 2004/113365, WO 2005/010029 (all by Enanta), WO 2005/037214 (Intermune) and WO 2005/051980 (Schering), and the candidates identified as VX-950, ITMN-191 and SCH 503034.
Inhibitors of HCV polymerase include agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to inhibit the function of an HCV polymerase. Such inhibitors include, but are not limited to, non-nucleoside and nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase. Examples of inhibitors of HCV polymerase include but are not limited to those compounds described in: WO 02/04425, WO 03/007945, WO 03/010140, WO 03/010141, WO 2004/064925, WO 2004/065367, WO 2005/080388 and WO 2006/007693 (all by Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2005/049622 (Japan Tobacco), WO 2005/014543 (Japan Tobacco),WO 2005/012288 (Genelabs), WO 2004/087714 (IRBM), WO 03/101993 (Neogenesis), WO 03/026587 (BMS), WO 03/000254 (Japan Tobacco), and WO 01/47883 (Japan Tobacco), and the clinical candidates XTL-2125, HCV 796, R-1626 and NM 283.
Inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HCV other than by inhibiting the function of the HCV NS3 protease. Such agents may interfere with either host or HCV viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HCV. Inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include, but are not limited to, entry inhibitors, agents that inhibit a target selected from a helicase, a NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and agents that interfere with the function of other viral targets including but not limited to an NS5A protein and an NS4B protein.
It can occur that a patient may be co-infected with hepatitis C virus and one or more other viruses, including but not limited to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis A virus (HAV) and hepatitis B virus (HBV). Thus also contemplated is combination therapy to treat such co-infections by co-administering a compound according to the present invention with at least one of an HIV inhibitor, an HAV inhibitor and an HBV inhibitor.
According to yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may further comprise inhibitor(s) of other targets in the HCV life cycle, including, but not limited to, helicase, polymerase, metalloprotease, and internal ribosome entry site (IRES).
According to another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may further comprise another anti-viral, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal or anti-cancer agent, or an immune modulator, or another thearapeutic agent. According to still another embodiment, the present invention includes methods of treating viral infection such as, but not limited to, hepatitis C infections in a subject in need of such treatment by administering to said subject an effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof.
According to a further embodiment, the present invention includes methods of treating hepatitis C infections in a subject in need of such treatment by administering to said subject an anti-HCV virally effective amount or an inhibitory amount of a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
An additional embodiment of the present invention includes methods of treating biological samples by contacting the biological samples with the compounds of the present invention. Yet a further aspect of the present invention is a process of making any of the compounds delineated herein employing any of the synthetic means delineated herein.
The cytochrome P450 monooxygenase inhibitor used in this invention is expected to inhibit metabolism of the compounds of the invention. Therefore, the cytochrome P450 monooxygenase inhibitor would be in an amount effective to inhibit metabolism of the protease inhibitor. Accordingly, the CYP inhibitor is administered in an amount such that the bioavailiablity of the protease inhibitor is increased in comparison to the bioavailability in the absence of the CYP inhibitor.
In one embodiment, the invention provides methods for improving the pharmacokinetics of compounds of the invention. The advantages of improving the pharmacokinetics of drugs are recognized in the art (US 2004/0091527; US
2004/0152625; US 2004/0091527). Accordingly, one embodiment of this invention provides a method for administering an inhibitor of CYP3A4 and a compound of the invention. Another embodiment of this invention provides a method for administering a compound of the invention and an inhibitor of isozyme 3A4 ("CYP3A4"), isozyme 2C19 ("CYP2C19"), isozyme 2D6 ("CYP2D6"), isozyme 1A2 ("CYP 1A2"), isozyme 2C9
("CYP2C9"), or isozyme 2El ("CYP2E1"). In a preferred embodiment, the CYP inhibitor preferably inhibits CYP3A4. Any CYP inhibitor that improves the pharmacokinetics of the relevant NS3/4A protease may be used in a method of this invention. These CYP inhibitors include, but are not limited to, ritonavir (WO 94/14436), ketoconazole, troleandomycin, 4-methyl pyrazole, cyclosporin, clomethiazole, cimetidine, itraconazole, fluconazole, miconazole, fluvoxamine, fluoxetine, nefazodone, sertraline, indinavir, nelfmavir, amprenavir, fosamprenavir, saquinavir, lopinavir, delavirdine, erythromycin, VX-944, and VX-497. Preferred CYP inhibitors include ritonavir, ketoconazole, troleandomycin, 4-methyl pyrazole, cyclosporin, and clomethiazole.
It will be understood that the administration of the combination of the invention by means of a single patient pack, or patient packs of each formulation, containing within a package insert instructing the patient to the correct use of the invention is a desirable additional feature of this invention.
According to a further aspect of the invention is a pack comprising at least a compound of the invention and a CYP inhibitor of the invention and an information insert containing directions on the use of the combination of the invention. In an alternative embodiment of this invention, the pharmaceutical pack further comprises one or more of additional agent as described herein. The additional agent or agents may be provided in the same pack or in separate packs.
Another aspect of this involves a packaged kit for a patient to use in the treatment of HCV infection or in the prevention of HCV infection, comprising: a single or a plurality of pharmaceutical formulation of each pharmaceutical component; a container housing the pharmaceutical formulation (s) during storage and prior to administration; and instructions for carrying out drug administration in a manner effective to treat or prevent HCV infection.
Accordingly, this invention provides kits for the simultaneous or sequential administration of a NS3/4A protease inhibitor of the invention and a CYP inhibitor (and optionally an additional agent) or derivatives thereof are prepared in a conventional manner. Typically, such a kit will comprise, e. g. a composition of each inhibitor and optionally the additional agent (s) in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (and in one or in a plurality of pharmaceutical formulations) and written instructions for the simultaneous or sequential administration.
In another embodiment, a packaged kit is provided that contains one or more dosage forms for self administration; a container means, preferably sealed, for housing the dosage forms during storage and prior to use; and instructions for a patient to carry out drug administration. The instructions will typically be written instructions on a package insert, a label, and/or on other components of the kit, and the dosage form or forms are as described herein. Each dosage form may be individually housed, as in a sheet of a metal foil- plastic laminate with each dosage form isolated from the others in individual cells or bubbles, or the dosage forms may be housed in a single container, as in a plastic bottle. The present kits will also typically include means for packaging the individual kit components, i. e. , the dosage forms, the container means, and the written instructions for use. Such packaging means may take the form of a cardboard or paper box, a plastic or foil pouch, etc.
DEFINITIONS
Listed below are definitions of various terms used to describe this invention. These definitions apply to the terms as they are used throughout this specification and claims, unless otherwise limited in specific instances, either individually or as part of a larger group.
The term "viral infection" refers to the introduction of a virus into cells or tissues, e.g., hepatitis C virus (HCV). In general, the introduction of a virus is also associated with replication. Viral infection may be determined by measuring virus antibody titer in samples of a biological fluid, such as blood, using, e.g., enzyme immunoassay. Other suitable diagnostic methods include molecular based techniques, such as RT-PCR, direct hybrid capture assay, nucleic acid sequence based amplification, and the like. A virus may infect an organ, e.g., liver, and cause disease, e.g., hepatitis, cirrhosis, chronic liver disease and hepatocellular carcinoma.
The term "anti-cancer agent" refers to a compound or drug capable of preventing or inhibiting the advancement of cancer. Examples of such agents include cis-platin, actinomycin D, doxorubicin, vincristine, vinblastine, etoposide, amsacrine, mitoxantrone, tenipaside, taxol, colchicine, cyclosporin A, phenothiazines or thioxantheres.
The term "anti-fungal agent" shall used to describe a compound which may be used to treat a fungus infection other than 3-AP, 3-AMP or prodrugs of 3-AP and 3-AMP according to the present invention. Anti-fungal agents according to the present invention include, for example, terbinafme, fluconazole, itraconazole, posaconazole, clotrimazole, griseofulvin, nystatin, tolnaftate, caspofungin, amphotericin B, liposomal amphotericin B, and amphotericin B lipid complex.
The term "antibacterial agent" refers to both naturally occurring antibiotics produced by microorganisms to suppress the growth of other microorganisms, and agents synthesized or modified in the laboratory which have either bactericidal or bacteriostatic activity, e.g., D -lactam antibacterial agents, glycopeptides, macrolides, quinolones, tetracyclines, and aminoglycosides. In general, if an antibacterial agent is bacteriostatic, it means that the agent essentially stops bacterial cell growth (but does not kill the bacteria); if the agent is bacteriocidal, it means that the agent kills the bacterial cells (and may stop growth before killing the bacteria).
The term "immune modulator" refers to any substance meant to alter the working of the humoral or cellular immune system of a subject. Such immune modulators include inhibitors of mast cell-mediated inflammation, interferons, interleukins, prostaglandins, steroids, cortico-steroids, colony-stimulating factors, chemotactic factors, etc.
The term "Ci-C6 alkyl," or "Ci-Cg alkyl," as used herein, refer to saturated, straight- or branched-chain hydrocarbon radicals containing between one and six, or one and eight carbon atoms, respectively. Examples Of Ci-C6 alkyl radicals include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl radicals; and examples of Ci-C8 alkyl radicals include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyi, neopentyl, n-hexyl, heptyl, octyl radicals.
The term "C2-C6 alkenyl," or "C2-C8 alkenyl," as used herein, denote a group derived from a hydrocarbon moiety, wherein the hydrocarbon moiety has at least one carbon-carbon double bond and contains from two to six, or two to eight carbon atoms, respectively. Alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, for example, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, l-methyl-2-buten-l-yl, heptenyl, octenyl and the like.
The term "C2-C6 alkynyl," or "C2-C8 alkynyl," as used herein, denote a group derived from a hydrocarbon moiety, wherein the hydrocarbon moiety has at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and contains from two to six, or two to eight carbon atoms, respectively. Representative alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, for example, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, heptynyl, octynyl and the like.
The term "C3-C8-cycloalkyl", or "C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl," as used herein, denotes a group derived from a monocyclic or polycyclic saturated carbocyclic ring, where the saturated carbocyclic ring compound has from 3 ot 8, or from 3 to 12, ring atoms, respectively. Examples of C3-C8-cycloalkyl include, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl and cyclooctyl; and examples of C3-C12- cycloalkyl include, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, and bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl.
The term "C3-C8-cycloalkenyl", or "C3-Ci2-cycloalkenyl" as used herein, denote a group derived from a monocyclic or polycyclic carbocyclic ring compound having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, where the carbocyclic ring compound has from 3 ot 8, or from 3 to 12, ring atoms, respectively. Examples of Cs-Cg-cycloalkenyl include, but not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, and the like; and examples of C3-Ci2-cycloalkenyl include, but not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, and the like.
The term "aryl," as used herein, refers to a mono- or bicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or two aromatic rings including, but not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, idenyl and the like.
The term "arylalkyl," as used herein, refers to a C1-C3 alkyl or Ci-C6 alkyl residue attached to an aryl ring. Examples include, but are not limited to, benzyl, phenethyl and the like.
The term "heteroaryl," as used herein, refers to a mono-, bi-, or tri-cyclic aromatic radical or ring having from five to ten ring atoms of which at least one ring atom is selected from S, O and N; wherein any N or S contained within the ring may be optionally oxidized. Heteroaryl includes, but is not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, quinoxalinyl, and the like.
The term "heteroarylalkyl," as used herein, refers to a C1-C3 alkyl or Ci-C6 alkyl residue residue attached to a heteroaryl ring. Examples include, but are not limited to, pyridinylmethyl, pyrimidinylethyl and the like.
The term "substituted" as used herein, refers to independent replacement of one, two, or three or more of the hydrogen atoms thereon with substituents including, but not limited to, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, protected hydroxy, -NO2, -CN, -NH2, N3, protected amino, alkoxy, thioalkyl, oxo, -halo- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -halo- C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -halo- C2-Ci2-alkynyl, - halo-C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, -NH -d-C^-alkyl, -NH -C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -NH -C2-C12-alkynyl, - NH -Cs-C^-cycloalkyl, -NH -aryl, -NH -heteroaryl, -NH -heterocycloalkyl, - dialkylamino, -diarylamino, -diheteroarylamino, -O-Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -O-C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -O- C2-Ci2-alkynyl, -O-C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, -O-aryl, -O-heteroaryl, -O-heterocycloalkyl, -C(O)- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -C(O)- C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -C(O)- C2-C12-alkynyl, -C(O)-C3-C12-cycloalkyl, - C(O)-aryl, -C(O)-heteroaryl, -C(O)-heterocycloalkyl, -CONH2, -CONH- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, - CONH- C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -CONH- C2-C12-alkynyl, -CONH-C3-C 12-cycloalkyl, -CONH- aryl, -CONH-heteroaryl, -CONH-heterocycloalkyl, -OCO2- d-C^-alkyl, -OCO2- C2-Ci2- alkenyl, -OCO2- C2-C12-alkynyl, -OCO2-C3-C i2-cycloalkyl, -OCO2-aryl, -OCO2- heteroaryl, -OCOz-heterocycloalkyl, -OCONH2, -OCONH- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -OCONH- C2- Ci2-alkenyl, -OCONH- C2-Ci2-alkynyl, -OCONH- C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, -OCONH- aryl, - OCONH- heteroaryl, -OCONH- heterocycloalkyl, -NHC(O)- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -NHC(O)-C2- Ci2-alkenyl, -NHC(O)-C2-C 12-alkynyl, -NHC(O)-C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, -NHC(0)-aryl, -
NHC(O)-heteroaryl, -NHC(O)-heterocycloalkyl, -NHCO2- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -NHCO2- C2-Ci2- alkenyl, -NHCO2- C2-C 12-alkynyl, -NHCO2- C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, -NHCO2- aryl, -NHCO2- heteroaryl, -NHCO2- heterocycloalkyl, -NHC(O)NH2, -NHC(O)NH- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, - NHC(O)NH-C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -NHC(O)NH-C2-Ci2-alkynyl, -NHC(O)NH-C3-Ci2- cycloalkyl, -NHC(O)NH-aryl, -NHC(O)NH-heteroaryl, -NHC(O)NH-heterocycloalkyl, NHC(S)NH2, -NHC(S)NH- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -NHC(S)NH-C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -NHC(S)NH-C2- Ci2-alkynyl, -NHC(S)NH-C3-C i2-cycloalkyl, -NHC(S)NH-aryl, -NHC(S)NH-heteroaryl, - NHC(S)NH-heterocycloalkyl, -NHC(NH)NH2, -NHC(NH)NH- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, - NHC(NH)NH-C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -NHC(NH)NH-C2-Ci2-alkynyl, -NHC(NH)NH-C3-Ci2- cycloalkyl, -NHC(NH)NH-aryl, -NHC(NH)NH-heteroaryl, -NHC(NH)NH- heterocycloalkyl, -NHC(NH)-Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -NHC(NH)-C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -NHC(NH)-C2- Ci2-alkynyl, -NHC(NH)-C3-C 12-cycloalkyl, -NHC(NH)-aryl, -NHC(NH)-heteroaryl, - NHC(NH)-heterocycloalkyl, -C(NH)NH-Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -C(NH)NH-C2-Ci2-alkenyl, - C(NH)NH-C2-C 12-alkynyl, -C(NH)NH-C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, -C(NH)NH-aryl, -C(NH)NH- heteroaryl, -C(NH)NH-heterocycloalkyl, -S(O)-Ci-Ci2-alkyl, - S(O)-C2-C 12-alkenyl, - S(O)-C2-Ci2-alkynyl, - S(O)-C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, - S(O)-aryl, - S(O)-heteroaryl, - S(O)- heterocycloalkyl -SO2NH2, -SO2NH- Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -SO2NH- C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -SO2NH- C2- Ci2-alkynyl, -SO2NH- C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, -SO2NH- aryl, -SO2NH- heteroaryl, -SO2NH- heterocycloalkyl, -NHSO2-Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -NHSO2-C2-C i2-alkenyl, - NHSO2-C2-Ci2- alkynyl, -NHSO2-C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, -NHS02-aryl, -NHSO2-heteroaryl, -NHSO2- heterocycloalkyl, -CH2NH2, -CH2SO2CH3, -aryl, -arylalkyl, -heteroaryl, -heteroarylalkyl, - heterocycloalkyl, -C3-Ci2-cycloalkyl, polyalkoxyalkyl, polyalkoxy, -methoxymethoxy, - methoxyethoxy, -SH, -S-Ci-Ci2-alkyl, -S-C2-Ci2-alkenyl, -S-C2-Ci2-alkynyl, -S-C3-C12- cycloalkyl, -S-aryl, -S-heteroaryl, -S-heterocycloalkyl, methylthiomethyl, or -L'-R', wherein L' is Ci-Cβalkylene, C2-Cealkenylene or C2-Cealkynylene, and R' is aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, C3-Ci2cycloalkyl or C3-Ci2cycloalkenyl. It is understood that the aryls, heteroaryls, alkyls, and the like can be further substituted. In some cases, each substituent in a substituted moiety is additionally optionally substituted with one or more groups, each group being independently selected from -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -OH, -NO2, -CN, or -NH2.
In accordance with the invention, any of the aryls, substituted aryls, heteroaryls and substituted heteroaryls described herein, can be any aromatic group. Aromatic groups can be substituted or unsubstituted.
It is understood that any alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl moiety described herein can also be an aliphatic group, an alicyclic group or a heterocyclic group. An "aliphatic group" is non-aromatic moiety that may contain any combination of carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, oxygen, nitrogen or other atoms, and optionally contain one or more units of unsaturation, e.g., double and/or triple bonds. An aliphatic group may be straight chained, branched or cyclic and preferably contains between about 1 and about 24 carbon atoms, more typically between about 1 and about 12 carbon atoms. In addition to aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aliphatic groups include, for example, polyalkoxyalkyls, such as polyalkylene glycols, polyamines, and polyimines, for example. Such aliphatic groups may be further substituted. It is understood that aliphatic groups may be used in place of the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups described herein.
The term "alicyclic," as used herein, denotes a group derived from a monocyclic or polycyclic saturated carbocyclic ring compound. Examples include, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, and bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl. Such alicyclic groups may be further substituted.
The term "heterocycloalkyl" and "heterocyclic" can be used interchangeably and refer to a non-aromatic 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered ring or a bi- or tri-cyclic group fused system, where (i) each ring contains between one and three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, (ii) each 5-membered ring has 0 to 1 double bonds and each 6-membered ring has 0 to 2 double bonds, (iii) the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, (iv) the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized, (iv) any of the above rings may be fused to a benzene ring, and (v) the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms which may be optionally oxo-substituted. Representative heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, [l,3]dioxolane, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridazinonyl, and tetrahydrofuryl. Such heterocyclic groups may be further substituted to give substituted heterocyclic.
It will be apparent that in various embodiments of the invention, the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl are intended to be monovalent or divalent. Thus, alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene, cycloaklylene, cycloalkenylene, cycloalkynylene, arylalkylene, hetoerarylalkylene and heterocycloalkylene groups are to be included in the above definitions, and are applicable to provide the formulas herein with proper valency. The term "hydroxy activating group", as used herein, refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to activate a hydroxy group so that it will depart during synthetic procedures such as in a substitution or elimination reactions. Examples of hydroxy activating group include, but not limited to, mesylate, tosylate, triflate, p- nitrobenzoate, phosphonate and the like.
The term "activated hydroxy", as used herein, refers to a hydroxy group activated with a hydroxy activating group, as defined above, including mesylate, tosylate, triflate, p- nitrobenzoate, phosphonate groups, for example.
The term "protected hydroxy," as used herein, refers to a hydroxy group protected with a hydroxy protecting group, as defined above, including benzoyl, acetyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, methoxymethyl groups. The terms "halo" and "halogen," as used herein, refer to an atom selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
The compounds described herein contain one or more asymmetric centers and thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- , or as (D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present invention is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pure forms. Optical isomers may be prepared from their respective optically active precursors by the procedures described above, or by resolving the racemic mixtures. The resolution can be carried out in the presence of a resolving agent, by chromatography or by repeated crystallization or by some combination of these techniques, which are known to those skilled in the art. Further details regarding resolutions can be found in Jacques, et al., Enantiomers, Racemates, and Resolutions (John Wiley & Sons, 1981). When the compounds described herein contain olefmic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included. The configuration of any carbon- carbon double bond appearing herein is selected for convenience only and is not intended to designate a particular configuration unless the text so states; thus a carbon-carbon double bond depicted arbitrarily herein as trans may be cis, trans, or a mixture of the two in any proportion.
The term "subject" as used herein refers to a mammal. A subject therefore refers to, for example, dogs, cats, horses, cows, pigs, guinea pigs, and the like. Preferably the subject is a human. When the subject is a human, the subject may be referred to herein as a patient.
As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to those salts of the compounds formed by the process of the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art.
The term "hydroxy protecting group," as used herein, refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to protect a hydroxy group against undesired reactions during synthetic procedures. After said synthetic procedure(s) the hydroxy protecting group as described herein may be selectively removed. Hydroxy protecting groups as known in the are described generally in T.H. Greene and P. G., S. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999). Examples of hydroxy protecting groups include benzyloxycarbonyl, 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, 2-furfuryloxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, acetyl, formyl, chloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methoxyacetyl, phenoxyacetyl, benzoyl, methyl, t-butyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 2-trimethylsilyl ethyl, 1,1- dimethyl-2-propenyl, 3 -methyl- 3 -butenyl, allyl, benzyl, para- methoxybenzyldiphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl (trityl), tetrahydrofuryl, methoxymethyl, methylthiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, 2,2,2-triehloroethoxymethyl, 2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, methanesulfonyl, para-toluenesulfonyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, and the like. Preferred hydroxy protecting groups for the present invention are acetyl (Ac or -C(O)CH3), benzoyl (Bz or -C(O)C6H5), and trimethylsilyl (TMS or-Si(CH3)3).Berge, et al. describes pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 66: 1-19 (1977). The salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or separately by reacting the free base function with a suitable organic acid. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, nontoxic acid addition salts e.g., salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, /?-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, sulfonate and aryl sulfonate. The term "amino protecting group," as used herein, refers to a labile chemical moiety which is known in the art to protect an amino group against undesired reactions during synthetic procedures. After said synthetic procedure(s) the amino protecting group as described herein may be selectively removed. Amino protecting groups as known in the are described generally in T.H. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1999). Examples of amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, t-butoxycarbonyl, 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like. As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable ester" refers to esters of the compounds formed by the process of the present invention which hydro lyze in vivo and include those that break down readily in the human body to leave the parent compound or a salt thereof. Suitable ester groups include, for example, those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable aliphatic carboxylic acids, particularly alkanoic, alkenoic, cycloalkanoic and alkanedioic acids, in which each alkyl or alkenyl moiety advantageously has not more than 6 carbon atoms. Examples of particular esters include, but are not limited to, formates, acetates, propionates, butyrates, acrylates and ethylsuccinates. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs" as used herein refers to those prodrugs of the compounds formed by the process of the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals with undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the present invention. "Prodrug", as used herein means a compound, which is convertible in vivo by metabolic means (e.g. by hydrolysis) to afford any compound delineated by the formulae of the instant invention. Various forms of prodrugs are known in the art, for example, as discussed in Bundgaard, (ed.), Design of Prodrugs, Elsevier (1985); Widder, et al. (ed.), Methods in Enzymology, vol. 4, Academic Press (1985); Krogsgaard-Larsen, et al., (ed). "Design and Application of Prodrugs, Textbook of Drug Design and Development, Chapter 5, 113-191 (1991); Bundgaard, et al., Journal of Drug Deliver Reviews, 8:1- 38(1992); Bundgaard, J. of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77:285 et seq. (1988); Higuchi and Stella (eds.) Prodrugs as Novel Drug Delivery Systems, American Chemical Society (1975); and Bernard Testa & Joachim Mayer, "Hydrolysis In Drug And Prodrug
Metabolism: Chemistry, Biochemistry And Enzymology," John Wiley and Sons, Ltd. (2002).
The term "acyl" includes residues derived from acids, including but not limited to carboxylic acids, carbamic acids, carbonic acids, sulfonic acids, and phosphorous acids. Examples include aliphatic carbonyls, aromatic carbonyls, aliphatic sulfonyls, aromatic sulfmyls, aliphatic sulfinyls, aromatic phosphates and aliphatic phosphates. Examples of aliphatic carbonyls include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, 2-fluoroacetyl, butyryl, 2-hydroxy acetyl, and the like. The term "aprotic solvent," as used herein, refers to a solvent that is relatively inert to proton activity, i.e., not acting as a proton-donor. Examples include, but are not limited to, hydrocarbons, such as hexane and toluene, for example, halogenated hydrocarbons, such as, for example, methylene chloride, ethylene chloride, chloroform, and the like, heterocyclic compounds, such as, for example, tetrahydrofuran and N- methylpyrrolidinone, and ethers such as diethyl ether, bis-methoxymethyl ether. Such solvents are well known to those skilled in the art, and individual solvents or mixtures thereof may be preferred for specific compounds and reaction conditions, depending upon such factors as the solubility of reagents, reactivity of reagents and preferred temperature ranges, for example. Further discussions of aprotic solvents may be found in organic chemistry textbooks or in specialized monographs, for example: Organic Solvents Physical Properties and Methods of Purification, 4th ed., edited by John A. Riddick et ah, Vol. II, in the Techniques of Chemistry Series, John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1986.
The terms "protogenic organic solvent" or "protic solvent" as used herein, refer to a solvent that tends to provide protons, such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, t-butanol, and the like. Such solvents are well known to those skilled in the art, and individual solvents or mixtures thereof may be preferred for specific compounds and reaction conditions, depending upon such factors as the solubility of reagents, reactivity of reagents and preferred temperature ranges, for example. Further discussions of protogenic solvents may be found in organic chemistry textbooks or in specialized monographs, for example: Organic Solvents Physical Properties and Methods of Purification, 4th ed., edited by John A. Riddick et ah, Vol. II, in the Techniques of Chemistry Series. John Wiley & Sons, NY, 1986.
Combinations of substituents and variables envisioned by this invention are only those that result in the formation of stable compounds. The term "stable", as used herein, refers to compounds which possess stability sufficient to allow manufacture and which maintains the integrity of the compound for a sufficient period of time to be useful for the purposes detailed herein (e.g., therapeutic or prophylactic administration to a subject).
The synthesized compounds can be separated from a reaction mixture and further purified by a method such as column chromatography, high pressure liquid chromatography, or recrystallization. Additionally, the various synthetic steps may be performed in an alternate sequence or order to give the desired compounds. In addition, the solvents, temperatures, reaction durations, etc. delineated herein are for purposes of illustration only and variation of the reaction conditions can produce the desired bridged macrocyclic products of the present invention. Synthetic chemistry transformations and protecting group methodologies (protection and deprotection) useful in synthesizing the compounds described herein include, for example, those described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers (1989); T.W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed., John Wiley and Sons (1991); L. Fieser and M. Fieser, Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1994); and L. Paquette, ed., Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis. John Wiley and Sons (1995). The compounds of this invention may be modified by appending various functionalities via synthetic means delineated herein to enhance selective biological properties. Such modifications include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological system (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" means a non-toxic, inert solid, semi-solid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil; safflower oil; sesame oil; olive oil; corn oil and soybean oil; glycols; such a propylene glycol; esters such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium lauryl sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasing agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the composition, according to the judgment of the formulator. The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), buccally, or as an oral or nasal spray. The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir, preferably by oral administration or administration by injection. The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may contain any conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles. In some cases, the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
In order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution, which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide- polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues. Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound. Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or: a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard- filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
The active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, eye ointments, powders and solutions are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, excipients such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the compounds of this invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons.
Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
Antiviral Activity An inhibitory amount or dose of the compounds of the present invention may range from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 500 mg/Kg, alternatively from about 1 to about 50 mg/Kg. Inhibitory amounts or doses will also vary depending on route of administration, as well as the possibility of co-usage with other agents.
According to the methods of treatment of the present invention, viral infections are treated or prevented in a subject such as a human or lower mammal by administering to the subject an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount or an inhibitory amount of a compound of the present invention, in such amounts and for such time as is necessary to achieve the desired result. An additional method of the present invention is the treatment of biological samples with an inhibitory amount of a compound of composition of the present invention in such amounts and for such time as is necessary to achieve the desired result.
The term "anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount" of a compound of the invention, as used herein, mean a sufficient amount of the compound so as to decrease the viral load in a biological sample or in a subject (e.g., resulting in at least 10%, preferably at least 50%, more preferably at least 80%, and most preferably at least 90% or 95%, reduction in viral load). As well understood in the medical arts, an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of this invention will be at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
The term "inhibitory amount" of a compound of the present invention means a sufficient amount to decrease the hepatitis C viral load in a biological sample or a subject (e.g., resulting in at least 10%, preferably at least 50%, more preferably at least 80%, and most preferably at least 90% or 95%, reduction in viral load). It is understood that when said inhibitory amount of a compound of the present invention is administered to a subject it will be at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment as determined by a physician. The term "biological sample(s)," as used herein, means a substance of biological origin intended for administration to a subject. Examples of biological samples include, but are not limited to, blood and components thereof such as plasma, platelets, subpopulations of blood cells and the like; organs such as kidney, liver, heart, lung, and the like; sperm and ova; bone marrow and components thereof; or stem cells. Thus, another embodiment of the present invention is a method of treating a biological sample by contacting said biological sample with an inhibitory amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition of the present invention. Upon improvement of a subject's condition, a maintenance dose of a compound, composition or combination of this invention may be administered, if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or frequency of administration, or both, may be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved condition is retained when the symptoms have been alleviated to the desired level, treatment should cease. The subject may, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of disease symptoms.
It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific inhibitory dose for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
The total daily inhibitory dose of the compounds of this invention administered to a subject in single or in divided doses can be in amounts, for example, from 0.01 to 50 mg/kg body weight or more usually from 0.1 to 25 mg/kg body weight. Single dose compositions may contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. In general, treatment regimens according to the present invention comprise administration to a patient in need of such treatment from about 10 mg to about 1000 mg of the compound(s) of this invention per day in single or multiple doses. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein are accorded the meaning commonly known to one with ordinary skill in the art. All publications, patents, published patent applications, and other references mentioned herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations which have been used in the descriptions of the schemes and the examples that follow are:
ACN for acetonitrile; BME for 2-mercaptoethanol; BOP for benzotriazol- 1 -yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate; COD for cyclooctadiene; DAST for diethylaminosulfur trifluoride;
DABCYL for 6-(N-4'-carboxy-4-(dimethylamino)azobenzene)- aminohexyl- 1 -O-(2-cyanoethyl)-(N,N-diisopropyl)-phosphoramidite;
DCM for dichloromethane; DIAD for diisopropyl azodicarboxylate; DIBAL-H for diisobutylaluminum hydride; DIEA for diisopropyl ethylamine; DMAP for N,N-dimethylaminopyridine;
DME for ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; DMEM for Dulbecco's Modified Eagles Media; DMF for N,N-dimethyl formamide; DMSO for dimethylsulfoxide;
DUPHOS for
Figure imgf000097_0001
EDANS for 5 -(2-Amino-ethylamino)-naphthalene-l -sulfonic acid;
EDCI or EDC for l-(3-diethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride;
EtOAc for ethyl acetate; HATU for O (7-Azabenzotriazole-l-yl)-N,N,N',N' - tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate; Hoveyda's Cat. for Dichloro(o-isopropoxyphenylmethylene)
(tricyclohexylphosphine)ruthenium(II); KHMDS is potassium bis(trimethylsilyl) amide;
Ms for mesyl;
NMM for N-4-methylmorpholine;
PyBrOP for Bromo-tri-pyrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate; Ph for phenyl; RCM for ring-closing metathesis;
RT for reverse transcription;
RT-PCR for reverse transcription-polymerase chain reaction; TEA for triethyl amine; TFA for trifluoroacetic acid; THF for tetrahydrofuran;
TLC for thin layer chromatography; TPP or PPh3 for triphenylphosphine; tBOC or Boc for tert-butyloxy carbonyl; and
Xantphos for 4,5-Bis-diphenylphosphanyl-9,9-dimethyl-9H-xanthene.
SYNTHETIC METHODS
The compounds and processes of the present invention will be better understood in connection with the following synthetic schemes that illustrate the methods by which the compounds of the invention may be prepared, which are intended as an illustration only and not to limit the scope of the invention. Various changes and modifications to the disclosed embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art and such changes and modifications including, without limitation, those relating to the chemical structures, substituents, derivatives, and/or methods of the invention may be made without departing from the spirit of the invention and the scope of the appended claims. Scheme 1
LiOH
Figure imgf000099_0002
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000099_0003
1-6 1-5
The general synthetic strategies of compounds of present invention are shown in Scheme 1. Difluoromethl Pl aminoacid compound X-I was coupled with P2-P3 intermediate l_-2 to give ester 1.-3, which was hydro lyzed to give carboxylicacid X--A. The conversion of acid 1.-4 to sulfonimide compound 1.-5 was achieved using CDI and sulfonamide RSO2NH2. Final compound 1.-5 was also prepared via direct coupling of PIPS intermediate 1.-2 with difluoromethl Pl sulfonimide compound 1.-6. The syntheses of difluoromethl Pl derivatives and P2-P3 intermediates are described in the following schemes.
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000099_0004
Fluorination
Figure imgf000099_0005
The synthesis of difluoromethyl Pl (1-1) is outlined in Scheme 2. Mono-Boc amino acid ester was further protected as bis-Boc aminoacid ester 2-2. Oxidative cleavage of compound 2-2 resulted in the aldehyde 2-3, which was then converted to difuoromethyl compound 2-4 using aminosulfur trifluoride derivatives such as diethylminosulfur trifluoride (DAST). Deprotection of 2-4 using HCl afforeded the desired difluoromethyl Pl compound X-I.
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000100_0001
2-4 1-1 3-2
Figure imgf000100_0002
1 -6
Difluoromethyl Pl sulfonimide derivative _l-6 was prepared as shown in Scheme 3. The hydrolysis of compound 2-4 gave the acid 3- 1 , which was converted to 3-2 using CDI/RSO2NH2/DBU or HATU/DIPEA/ RSO2NH2. Deprotection of 3-2 afforded the desired intermediate 1-6.
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000101_0001
A general method to prepare intermediate 1.-2 is exemplified in Scheme 4. The acyclic dipeptide precursor 4-3 was synthesized from Boc-L-tert-leucine 4-1 and cis-L- hydroxyproline methyl ester 4-2. The coupling of compound 4-3 with nuleophlic W under Mitsunobu conditions gave compound 4-5. For further details on the Mitsunobu reaction see O. Mitsunobu, Synthesis 1981, 1-28; D. L. Hughes, Org. React. 29, 1-162 (1983); D. L. Hughes, Organic Preparations and Procedures Int. 28, 127-164 (1996); and J. A. Dodge, S. A. Jones, Recent Res. Dev. Org. Chem. 1, 273-283 (1997). Alternatively, the reaction of compound 4-3 with MsCl in the presence of a base (such as triethylamine) gave compound 4-4. Replacement of MsO group by nucleophilic W in the presence of a base (such as CS2CO3) resulted in compound 4-5. Subsequent removal of the acid protecting group from compound 4-5 afforded compounds of formula l_-2. Alternative methods for certain synthetic steps are described in US Patent Application Serial No. 12/271,144, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000102_0001
1 -2 4-5
Another general method to prepare intermediate _l-2 is exemplified in Scheme 5. The acyclic dipeptide precursor 5-2 was synthesized from Boc-L-tert-leucine 4-1 and trans-L-hydroxyproline methyl ester 5-1. The SN2 displacement of reactant Q" with compound 5-2 in the presence of a base gave compound 5-3. Alternatively, compound 4-5 first reacted with an activated agent (such as CDI), followed by adding reactant Q', giving compound 4-5. Subsequent removal of the acid protecting group from compound 4-5 afforded compounds of formula l_-2.
All references cited herein, whether in print, electronic, computer readable storage media or other form, are expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety, including but not limited to, abstracts, articles, journals, publications, texts, treatises, internet web sites, databases, patents, and patent publications.
EXAMPLES
The compounds and processes of the present invention will be better understood in connection with the following examples, which are intended as an illustration only and not limiting of the scope of the invention. Various changes and modifications to the disclosed embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art and such changes and modifications including, without limitation, those relating to the chemical structures, substituents, derivatives, formulations and/or methods of the invention may be made without departing from the spirit of the invention and the scope of the appended claims.
Figure imgf000103_0001
o.,o A xs' and G = H V.
Step IA
BocHN
Figure imgf000103_0002
1a
To a solution of Boc-L-tert-leucine (4.544g, 19.65mmol), cώ-L-hydroxyproline methyl ester (19.65mmol) and DIPEA (10.3ml, 59.1mmol) in DMF (80ml) at 0 0C was added in portions HATU (7.84g, 20.6mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The resudue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAC = 1 : 1 to 1 : 2) to afford compound Ia (7.8g). MS (ESI): m/e 359.24 (M+H).
Step IB
Figure imgf000103_0003
1b
To a mixture of the above Ia (1.363g, 3.803mmol), 3-(thiophen-2-yl)-lH-quinoxalin- 2-one (0.868g, 3.803mmol)) and triphenylphosphine (2.Og, 7.6mmol) in THF at O0C was added dropwise DIAD (1.5ml, 7.6mmol). The resulting mixture was held at O0C for 15 min. before being warmed to room temperature. After 18 hours, the mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was purified by chromatography (Hexane/EtOAC = 9:1 to 7:3) to give Ib (1.8g). MS(ESI): m/e 569.27 (M+H).
Step 1C
Figure imgf000104_0001
Ib
To a solution of compound Ib (1.77g, 3.11mmol) in THF/MeOH/H2O (36ml- 18ml-18ml) was added lithium hydroxide mono hydrate (0.783g, 18.6mmol).The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. Most organic solvents were evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was diluted with water and acidified to pH 5 to 6. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc three times. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford Ic (95%). MS(ESI): m/e 555.26 (M+H).
Step ID
Figure imgf000104_0002
IcM Id
To a solution of compound _ld-l (6.6g, 25.85mmol) in THF (115ml) at -780C was added slowly NaHMDS (1.0M in THF, 28.5ml, 28.5mmol). After the mixture was stirred at -780C for an hour, Boc2O (6.8g, 1.2 eq.) in THF (15ml) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred, and the temerature allowed to rise gradually to rt overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 1 : 0 to 85 : 15) to afford Id (8.05g). Step IE
Figure imgf000105_0001
To a solution of compound l.d (0.5g, 1.4mmol) in iso-propanol (5ml) was added NaIO4 (0,9g, 4.2mmol), followed by water (5ml). To this vigorously stirred mixture was added OsO4 (0.4% aq. solution, 0.22m, 2.5% eq.). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 4h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq. NaHCO3, aq. Na2S2O3, brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 1 : 0 to 85 : 15) to afford Ie (0.37g).
Step IF
Figure imgf000105_0002
To a solution of compound Xe (2.9g, 8.1mmol) in dichloromethane (25ml) at -780C was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (DAST) (2.7ml, 20.25mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at -780C for an hour, then the temperature allowed to rise gradually to rt over
6h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq. NaHCO3 (2x), brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography
(Hexane/EtOAc = 1 : 0 to
85 : 15) to afford If (1.49g). Recovered starting material If (1.2g).
Step IG
Figure imgf000106_0001
To a solution of compound l_f (381mg, 1.4mmol) in THF/MeOH (24ml-12ml) was added aq. lithium hydroxide hydrate 1.0M, 12ml, 12mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Most organic solvents were evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was diluted with water and acidified to pH 5 to 6. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc three times. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford compound Ig (-100%), directly used in next step.
Step IH
Figure imgf000107_0001
Compound l.g (1.33mmol) and carbonyldiimidazole (323mg, 2.mmol) were dissolved in 5 ml of anhydrous DMF and the resulting solution was stirred at 4O0C for 1 hour. Cyclopropylsulfonamide (483mg, 4mmol) was added to the reaction mixture followed by DBU (0.26ml, 1.7mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at
4O0C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with half-saturated-aqueous NaCl solution four times. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give compound l_h, which was directly used in next step.
Step II
Figure imgf000107_0002
Λ h 1i
A solution of above compound l_h in dichloromethane (ImI) was treated with 4N HCl in 1, 4-dioxane (4ml, lβmmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour, concentrated to dryness to afford H, directly used in next step.
Step IJ
Figure imgf000108_0001
Ic example 1
To a solution of compound l_c (0.075mmol), H (1 eq.) and DIPEA (0.78ml, 0.448mmol) in DMF (3ml) at O 0C was added HATU (37mg, 0.097mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (lOmg). MS(ESI); m/z 791.36 (M+H).
Example 2.
Figure imgf000108_0002
O..O
= AN H* V
Figure imgf000108_0003
example 1 example 2
A solution of compound example 1 (7mg) in dichloromethane (0.5ml) was treated with 4N HCl in 1, 4-dioxane (ImI, 4mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour, concentrated to dryness to afford the title compound (HCl salt). MS(ESI): 691.29 (M+H).
Example 3. Compound of formula XL wherein A =
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000109_0002
Figure imgf000109_0004
Figure imgf000109_0003
example 2 example 3
To a solution of compound example 2 (0.002mmol) and triethylamine (0.04ml,35eq.) in DMF (ImI) at O0C was added cyclopentyl chloroformate (1.5M in toluene, 0.02ml, 0.03mmol). The resulting mixture was then stirred at rt for 0.5 to 2h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (2mg). MS(ESI); m/z 803.36 (M+H).
Example 4. Compound of formula XL wherein A = ^^ , L= 1^1-Q=.
Figure imgf000109_0005
V
Figure imgf000110_0001
example 2 example 4
To a solution of compound 4-1 (2mg, 0.009mmol), compound example 2 (0.004mmol) and DIPEA (0.02ml, 0.12mmol) in DMF (ImI) at 0 0C was added HATU (4mg, O.Olmmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (2mg). MS(ESI); m/z 888.44 (M+H).
Example 5. Compound of formula XI, wherein A = ^
Figure imgf000110_0002
° X // , L= Λ< T"*", Q=
and G = H V.
Step 5A
Figure imgf000110_0003
5a To a solution of Boc-L-tert-leucine (4.544g, 19.65mmol), trα/75-L-hydroxyproline methyl ester (19.65mmol) and DIPEA (10.3ml, 59.1mmol) in DMF (80ml) at 0 0C was added in portions HATU (7.84g, 20.6mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The resudue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAC = 1 : 1 to 1 : 2) to afford compound 5a (7.8g). MS (ESI): m/e 359.24 (M+H).
Step 5B
Figure imgf000111_0001
5b
To a solution of 5a (258mg, 0.72mmol) in DMF (5ml) at O0C was added CDI (140mg, 0.86mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 4, then treated with compound 5b- 1 (lmmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 6O0C for 4h, cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq. KHSO4 (2x), brine (2x). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAC = 2 : 1 to 1 : 1) to afford compound 5b (142mg). MS (ESI): m/e 522.33 (M+H).
Step 5C
Figure imgf000112_0001
5b 5c
Compound 5c was prepared following the same procedures as described in example 1 SteplC. MS(ESI): m/z 508.33 (M+H); 514.34 (M+Li).
Step 5D
Figure imgf000112_0002
5c example 5
Example 5 was prepared following the same procedures as described in example 1 Step IJ. MS(ESI): m/z 744.38 (M+H).
Example 6. Compound of formula XI, wherein A =H, L= l \ Q=
Figure imgf000112_0003
, and G o.,o
= H V .
Ill The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 2. MS (ESI): m/z 644.33 (M+H).
Figure imgf000113_0001
o
Example 7. Compound of formula XI, wherein A = ,,p
. and G ^
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 3. MS (ESI): m/z 756.45 (M+H).
Example 8.
Figure imgf000113_0002
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 4. MS (ESI): m/z 841.55 (M+H).
Example 9 to 74, compounds of Formula XI in Table 1 are made following the procedures described in Example 1 to 8 and the Synthetic Methods section.
Example 75. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = t-Butyloxycarbonyl, L= t-Butyl, R_^ and R? taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000113_0003
Step 75A
Figure imgf000114_0001
To a solution of Boc cώ-L-hydroxyproline methyl ester (2g, 8.15mmol) 75a- 1 and Et3N (1.7ml, 12.23mmol) in dichloromethan at O0C was added slowly MsCl (0.7ml, 8.96mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for l~2h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to dryness to give crude 75a which was directly used in next step.
Step 75B
Figure imgf000114_0002
75b
A mixture of the above crude 75a, 9H-fluoren-9-one oxime (1.8g, 8.97mmol), cesium carbonate (4g, 12.2mmol) and DMF (12ml) was stirred at 5O0C for 2Oh, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 9 : 1 to 4 : 1) to afford 75b (2.736g). MS(ESI): m/z 323.11 (M-Boc); 423.15 (M+H).
Step 75C
Figure imgf000114_0003
A solution of compound 75b (960mg, 2.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (3ml) was treated with 4N HCl in 1, 4-dioxane (5ml, 20mmoL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour, concentrated to dryness to afford 75c (-100%).
Step 75D
Figure imgf000115_0001
To a solution of 75c (2.2mmol), Boc-L-tert-leucine (560mg, 2.42mmol) and DIPEA (1.15ml, 6.6mmolmmol) in DMF (10ml) at 0 0C was added HATU (920mg, 2.42mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column (Hexane/EtOAc = 4: 1 to 2 : 1) to afford compound 75d (1.16g). MS (ESI): m/z 536.23 (M+H).
Step 75E
Figure imgf000116_0001
To a solution of compound 75d (1.06g, 1.98mmol) in THF/MeOH/water (2OmI-I OmI- 10ml) was added lithium hydroxide hydrate (494mg, 11.78mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Most organic solvents were evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was diluted with water and acidified to pH 5 to 6. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc three times. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford 75e (-100%). MS(ESI): m/z 528.32 (M+Li).
Step 75F
Figure imgf000116_0002
1f-1 1f
To a solution of compound 75f-l (6.6g, 25.85mmol) in THF (115ml) at -780C was added slowly NaHMDS (1.0M in THF, 28.5ml, 28.5mmol). After the mixture was stirred at - 780C for an hour, Boc2O (6.8g, 1.2 eq.) in THF (15ml) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred, and the temerature allowed to rise gradually to rt overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 1 : 0 to 85 : 15) to afford 75f (8.05g). Step 75G
Figure imgf000117_0001
if Ig
To a solution of compound 75f (0.5g, 1.4mmol) in iso-propanol (5ml) was added NaIO4 (0,9g, 4.2mmol), followed by water (5ml). To this vigorously stirred mixture was added OsO4 (0.4% aq. solution, 0.22m, 2.5% eq.). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 4h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq. NaHCO3, aq. Na2S2O3, brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 1 : 0 to 85 : 15) to afford 75g (0.37g).
Step 75H
Figure imgf000117_0002
To a solution of compound 75g (2.9g, 8.1mmol) in dichloromethane (25ml) at -780C was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (DAST) (2.7ml, 20.25mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at -780C for an hour, then the temperature allowed to rise gradually to rt over 6h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq. NaHC03 (2x), brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 1 : 0 to 85: 15) to afford 75h (1.49g). Recovered starting material 75g (l-2g). Step 751
Figure imgf000118_0001
A solution of compound 75h (491mg, 1.29mmol) in dichloromethane (ImI) was treated with 4N HCl in 1, 4-dioxane (6ml, 24mmoL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour, concentrated to dryness to afford 75i (-100%).
Step 75J
Figure imgf000118_0002
76j
To a solution of 75i (1.29mmol), compound Ie (657mg, 1.26mmol) and DIPEA (0.7ml, 3eq.) in DMF (6ml) at 0 0C was added HATU (540mg, 1.42mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column (Hexane/EtOAc = 8 : 2 to 6 : 4) to afford compound 75j (790mg). MS (ESI): m/z 683.17 (M+H).
Step 75K
Figure imgf000119_0001
— ' example 75
To a solution of compound 75j (770mg, 1.12mmol) in THF/MeOH (2OmI-IOmI) was added aq. lithium hydroxide hydrate 1.0M, 10ml, lOmmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Most organic solvents were evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was diluted with water and acidified to pH 5 to 6. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc three times. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (-100%). MS(ESI): m/z 655.15 (M+H); 661.15 (M+Li).
Example 76. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = t-Butyloxycarbonyl, L= t-Butyl, R^ and R? taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000119_0002
Method I
Step 76A
Figure imgf000120_0001
To a solution of compound 75h (381mg, 1.4mmol) in THF/MeOH (24ml-12ml) was added aq. lithium hydroxide hydrate 1.0M, 12ml, 12mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Most organic solvents were evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was diluted with water and acidified to pH 5 to 6. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc three times. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford compound 76a (-100%), directly used in next step.
Step 76B
Figure imgf000120_0002
Z6-3 76b
Compound 76a (1.33mmol) and carbonyldiimidazole (323mg, 2.mmol) were dissolved in 5 ml of anhydrous DMF and the resulting solution was stirred at 4O0C for 1 hour.
Cyclopropylsulfonamide (483mg, 4mmol) was added to the reaction mixture followed by
DBU (0.26ml, 1.7mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 4O0C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with half-saturated-aqueous
NaCl solution four times. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give compound 76b, which was directly used in next step 2C.
Alternatively, compound 76b was made from compound 76a using coupling reagent HATU/base and cyclopropylsulfonamide. Step 76C
Figure imgf000121_0001
A solution of above compound 76h in dichloromethane (ImI) was treated with 4N HCl in 1, 4-dioxane (4ml, lβmmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour, concentrated to dryness to afford 76c, directly used in next step.
Step76D
Figure imgf000121_0002
75e example 76
To a solution of compound 75e (52mg, O. lmmol) 76c (1 eq.), and DIPEA (0.18ml, lmmol) in DMF (2.5ml) at 0 0C was added HATU (50mg, 0.13mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (40mg). MS(ESI); m/z 758.28 (M+H). Method II
Figure imgf000122_0001
example 75 example 76
Compound example 75 (697mg, 1.06 mmol) and carbonyldiimidazole (343mg, 2.1 mmol) were dissolved in 10 ml of anhydrous DMF and the resulting solution was stirred at 4O0C for 1 hour. Cyclopropylsulfonamide (385mg, 3.18mmol) was added to the reaction followed by DBU (0.24ml, l.όmmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 4O0C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with half-saturated- aqueous NaCl solution three times. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexans/ EtOAc = 1 : 1 to 0 : 1) to give the title compound (750mg). MS(ESI); m/z 758.28 (M+H).
Example 77. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = H, L= t-Butyl, R^ and R? taken
together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000122_0002
, and
Figure imgf000122_0003
Figure imgf000123_0001
example 75 example 76
A solution of compound example 76 (25mg) in dichloromethane (0.25ml) was treated with 4N HCl in 1, 4-dioxane (ImI, 4mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour, concentrated to dryness to afford the title compound (HCL salt). MS(ESI): 658.21 (M+H).
Example 78. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, L= t- Butyl, Ri and R? taken together with the carbon atom to which they are
attached are
Figure imgf000123_0002
Figure imgf000123_0003
example 77 example 78
To a solution of compound example 77 ( 0.014mmol) and triethylamine (0.08ml,40eq.) in dichloromethane (1.5ml) at O0C was added cyclopentyl chloroformate
(1.5M in toluene, 0.09ml, 0.135mmol). The resulting mixture was then stirred at rt for 0.5 to 2h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2x), dried (MgS04) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (4mg). MS(ESI); m/z 770.64 (M+H).
Example 79. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = cyclobutyloxycarbonyl, L= t-Butyl,
Figure imgf000124_0001
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 78. MS (ESI): m/z 756.27 (M+H).
Example 80. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = iso-Propyloxycarbonyl, L= t-Butyl, Ri and R? taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000124_0002
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 78. MS (ESI): m/z 744.16 (M+H).
Example 81. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = Ethoxycarbonyl, L= t-Butyl, R_^ and R? taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000124_0003
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 78 MS (ESI): m/z 730.24 (M+H).
Example 82. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = Methoxycarbonyl, L= t-Butyl, R_^ and R? taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000124_0004
. The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 78. MS (ESI): m/z 716.25 (M+H).
Example 83.
t
Figure imgf000125_0001
aken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
. and G = H "V.
Figure imgf000125_0002
example 3
Figure imgf000125_0003
To a solution of compound 9-1 (5.5mg, 0.025mmol, compound example 77 (0.013mmol) and DIPEA (0.22ml, 0.25mmol) in DMF (ImI) at 0 0C was added HATU (lOmg, 0.025mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (8mg). MS(ESI); m/z 855.44 (M+H). Example 84.
Figure imgf000126_0001
R? taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000126_0002
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 83. MS (ESI): m/z 903.43 (M+H).
Figure imgf000126_0003
taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
. and G = H V . The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 83. MS (ESI): m/z 768.57 (M+H).
Example 86. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = / , L.=, t--Butyl, R^ and R
taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000126_0004
/A*0 , and G = H *V.
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 83. MS (ESI): m/z 767.20 (M+H).
Example 87.
t
Figure imgf000126_0005
aken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
/Λ*° , and G = H "V. The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 83. MS (ESI): m/z 778.20 (M+H).
o
Example 88. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = *-J , L= t-Butyl, R1 and R
taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000127_0001
. and G = H V .
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 83. MS (ESI): m/z 753.15 (M+H).
Example 89. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = -ø s-1X ,™ L= t-Butyl, R1 and R
taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000127_0002
Figure imgf000127_0003
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 83. MS (ESI): m/z 769.13 (M+H).
Example 90. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = ° / , L= iso-Propyl, R1 and R?
taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000127_0004
. and G = OH.
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 75. MS (ESI): m/z 647.43 (M+Li). . O
Example 91. Compound of formula XII, wherein A == ^0V 7 , LL== iissoo--IPropyl, R_^ and R?
taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000128_0001
. and G = /^ H S*° V .
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 76. MS (ESI): m/z 744.17 (M+H).
Example 92. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = H, L= iso-Propyl, R_^ and R? taken
together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000128_0002
, and
Figure imgf000128_0003
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 77. MS (ESI): m/z 644.32 (M+H).
Example 93. Compound of formula XII, wherein A = ° / , L= iso-Propyl, R^ and R
taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000128_0004
/A*0 , and G = H *V.
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 78. MS (ESI): m/z 756.15 (M+H).
Figure imgf000128_0005
taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
, and G = H *V. The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 78. MS (ESI): m/z 716.15 (M+H).
Figure imgf000129_0001
R? taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
Figure imgf000129_0002
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 83. MS (ESI): m/z 841.59 (M+H).
Example 96.
t
Figure imgf000129_0003
aken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached are
. and G = H V .
The title compound was prepared by using the same procedure as described in example 83. MS (ESI): m/z 754.06 (M+H).
Example 97 to 201, compounds of Formula XII in Table 2 are made following the procedures described in Example 75 to 96 and the Synthetic Methods section.
Example 202 to 300, compounds of Formula XIII in Table 3 are made following the procedures described in Example 75 to 96 and the Synthetic Methods section. Example 301. Compound of formula XIV, wherein A = ±Jy. L=^. W=
Figure imgf000130_0001
Step 301A
Figure imgf000130_0002
1a
To a solution of Boc-L-tert-leucine (4.544g, 19.65mmol), cώ-L-hydroxyproline methyl ester (19.65mmol) and DIPEA (10.3ml, 59.1mmol) in DMF (80ml) at 0 0C was added in portions HATU (7.84g, 20.6mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAC = 1 : 1 to 1 : 2) to afford compound 301a (7.8g). MS (ESI): m/e 359.24 (M+H).
Step 301B
Figure imgf000130_0003
1a 1b
To a solution of compound 301a (369mg, 1.02mmol) and Et3N (0.3ml, 2eq.) in dichloromethane (5ml) at O0C was added slowly MsCl (0.12ml, 1.5eq.). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for l~2h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to dryness to give crude 301b which was directly used in next step. Step 301C
Figure imgf000131_0001
1c
A mixture of compound 301b, tetrazole derivative 30Ic-I (360mg, 2.04mmol), cesium carbonate (67 Ig, 2.04mmol) and DMF (5ml) was stirred at 5O0C for 24h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 4: 1 to 2 : 1) to afford 301c (88mg). MS(ESI): m/z 417.28 (M-Boc); 517.36 (M+H).
Step 301D
Figure imgf000131_0002
1c 1d
To a solution of compound 301c (88mgg, 0.17mmol) in THF/MeOH (5ml-2.5ml) was added lithium hydroxide (aq. IM, 2.5ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. Most organic solvents were evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was diluted with water and acidified to pH 5 to 6. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc three times. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford Id (-100%). MS(ESI): m/z 509.25 (M+Li). Step 301E
Figure imgf000132_0001
le-1 Ie
To a solution of compound 30Ie-I (6.6g, 25.85mmol) in THF (115ml) at -780C was added slowly NaHMDS (1.0M in THF, 28.5ml, 28.5mmol). After the mixture was stirred at -780C for an hour, Boc2O (6.8g, 1.2 eq.) in THF (15ml) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred, and the temerature allowed to rise gradually to rt overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 1 : O to 85 : 15) to afford 301e(8.05g).
Step 301F
Figure imgf000132_0002
To a solution of compound 301e (0.5g, 1.4mmol) in iso-propanol (5ml) was added NaI04 (0,9g, 4.2mmol), followed by water (5ml). To this vigorously stirred mixture was added OsO4 (0.4% aq. solution, 0.22m, 2.5% eq.). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 4h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq. NaHC03, aq. Na2S2O3, brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 1 : 0 to 85 : 15) to afford 301f (0.37g).
Step 301G
Figure imgf000132_0003
if Ig To a solution of compound 301f (2.9g, 8.1mmol) in dichloromethane (25ml) at - 780C was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (DAST) (2.7ml, 20.25mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at -780C for an hour, then the temperature allowed to rise gradually to rt over 6h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq. NaHCO3 (2x), brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Hexane/EtOAc = 1 : 0 to 85 : 15) to afford l_g (1.49g). Recovered starting material 30If (1.2g).
Step 301H
Figure imgf000133_0001
Λ n 1h 19
To a solution of compound 301 g (381mg, 1.4mmol) in THF/MeOH (24ml- 12ml) was added aq. lithium hydroxide hydrate 1.0M, 12ml, 12mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Most organic solvents were evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was diluted with water and acidified to pH 5 to 6. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc three times. The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford compound 301h (-100%), directly used in next step.
Step 3011
Figure imgf000133_0002
Compound 301h (1.33mmol) and carbonyldiimidazole (323mg, 2.mmol) were dissolved in 5 ml of anhydrous DMF and the resulting solution was stirred at 4O0C for 1 hour. Cyclopropylsulfonamide (483mg, 4mmol) was added to the reaction mixture followed by DBU (0.26ml, 1.7mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 4O0C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with half-saturated-aqueous NaCl solution four times. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give compound 30Ii, which was directly used in next step.
Step 301J
Figure imgf000134_0001
1i Ij
A solution of above compound 301i in dichloromethane (ImI) was treated with 4N HCl in 1, 4-dioxane (4ml, lβmmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour, concentrated to dryness to afford 301j, directly used in next step.
Step 301K
Figure imgf000134_0002
1d example 1
To a solution of compound 301d (0.075mmol), 3OTj (1 eq.) and DIPEA (0.65ml, 5eq.) in DMF (2ml) at 0 0C was added HATU (47mg, 0.12mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (17mg). MS(ESI); m/z 739.41 (M+H). Exampl nd
Figure imgf000135_0001
example 1 example 2
A solution of compound example 301 (lOmg) in dichloromethane (0.5ml) was treated with 4N HCl in 1, 4-dioxane (ImI, 4mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour, concentrated to dryness to afford the title compound (HCl salt). MS(ESI): 639.32 (M+H).
Figure imgf000135_0002
Figure imgf000136_0001
example 2 example 3
To a solution of compound of example 302 ( 0.008mmol) and triethylamine (0.04ml,35eq.) in DMF (ImI) at O0C was added cyclopentyl chloroformate (1.5M in toluene, 0.03ml, 0.045mmol). The resulting mixture was then stirred at rt for 0.5 to 2h, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2x), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (2mg). MS(ESI); m/z 751.49 (M+H).
Example 304
Figure imgf000136_0002
Figure imgf000136_0003
example 2 To a solution of compound 4-1 (8mg, 0.038mmol), compound example 302 (0.008mmol) and DIPEA (0.04ml, 0.23mmol) in DMF (ImI) at 0 0C was added HATU (16mg, 0.042mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h, diluted with EtOAc and washed with half-sat.-aq. NaCl four times. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound (2mg). MS(ESI); m/z 8836.47 (M+H).
Example 305 to 499: compounds of Formula VIII in Table 4 are made following the procedures described in Example 301 to 304.
The compounds of the present invention exhibit potent inhibitory properties against the HCV NS3 protease. The following examples describe assays in which the compounds of the present invention can be tested for anti-HCV effects.
Example 500. NS3/NS4a Protease Enzyme Assay
HCV protease activity and inhibition is assayed using an internally quenched fluorogenic substrate. A DABCYL and an EDANS group are attached to opposite ends of a short peptide. Quenching of the EDANS fluorescence by the DABCYL group is relieved upon proteolytic cleavage. Fluorescence is measured with a Molecular Devices Fluoromax (or equivalent) using an excitation wavelength of 355 nm and an emission wavelength of 485 nm.
The assay is run in Corning white half-area 96-well plates (VWR 29444-312 [Corning 3693]) with full-length NS3 HCV protease Ib tethered with NS4A cofactor (final enzyme concentration 1 to 15 nM). The assay buffer is complemented with 10 μM NS4A cofactor Pep 4A (Anaspec 25336 or in-house, MW 1424.8). RET Sl (Ac-Asp- Glu-Asp(EDANS)-Glu-Glu-Abu-[COO]Ala-Ser-Lys-(D ABCYL)-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 4), AnaSpec 22991, MW 1548.6) is used as the fluorogenic peptide substrate. The assay buffer contains 50 mM Hepes at pH 7.5, 30 mM NaCl and 10 mM BME. The enzyme reaction is followed over a 30 minutes time course at room temperature in the absence and presence of inhibitors.
The peptide inhibitors HCV Inh 1 (Anaspec 25345, MW 796.8) Ac-Asp-Glu-Met- Glu-Glu-Cys-OH, (SEQ ID NO: 5) [-200C] and HCV Inh 2 (Anaspec 25346, MW 913.1) Ac-Asp-Glu-Dif-Cha-Cys-OH, (SEQ ID NO. 6) are used as reference compounds.
"SUBSTITUTE SHEET" 136
STJRSTTTUTK SHEET CRT JT, E 2β\ IC50 values are calculated using XLFit in ActivityBase (IDBS) using equation 205: y=A+((B-A)/(l+((C/x)ΛD))).
Example 501 - Cell-Based Replicon Assay Quantification of HCV replicon RNA (HCV Cell Based Assay) is accomplished using the Huh 11-7 cell line (Lohmann, et al Science 285:110-113, 1999). Cells are seeded at 4x103 cells/well in 96 well plates and fed media containing DMEM (high glucose), 10% fetal calf serum, penicillin-streptomycin and non-essential amino acids. Cells are incubated in a 7.5% CO2 incubator at 37 0C. At the end of the incubation period, total RNA is extracted and purified from cells using Ambion RNAqueous 96 Kit (Catalog No. AM1812). To amplify the HCV RNA so that sufficient material can be detected by an HCV specific probe (below), primers specific for HCV (below) mediate both the reverse transcription of the HCV RNA and the amplification of the cDNA by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using the TaqMan One-Step RT-PCR Master Mix Kit (Applied Biosystems catalog no. 4309169). The nucleotide sequences of the RT-PCR primers, which are located in the NS5B region of the HCV genome, are the following: HCV Forward primer "RBNS5bfor"
5 'GCTGCGGCCTGTCGAGCT (SEQ ID NO: 1): HCV Reverse primer "RBNS5Brev" 5 'CAAGGTCGTCTCCGCATAC (SEQ ID NO 2).
Detection of the RT-PCR product is accomplished using the Applied Biosystems (ABI) Prism 7500 Sequence Detection System (SDS) that detects the fluorescence that is emitted when the probe, which is labeled with a fluorescence reporter dye and a quencher dye, is degraded during the PCR reaction. The increase in the amount of fluorescence is measured during each cycle of PCR and reflects the increasing amount of RT-PCR product. Specifically, quantification is based on the threshold cycle, where the amplification plot crosses a defined fluorescence threshold. Comparison of the threshold cycles of the sample with a known standard provides a highly sensitive measure of relative template concentration in different samples (ABI User Bulletin #2 December 11, 1997). The data is analyzed using the ABI SDS program version 1.7. The relative template concentration can be converted to RNA copy numbers by employing a standard curve of HCV RNA standards with known copy number (ABI User Bulletin #2 December 11 , 1997). The RT-PCR product was detected using the following labeled probe:
5' FAM-CGAAGCTCCAGGACTGCACGATGCT-TAMRA (SEQ ID NO: 3) FAM= Fluorescence reporter dye.
TAMRA :=Quencher dye.
The RT reaction is performed at 480C for 30 minutes followed by PCR. Thermal cycler parameters used for the PCR reaction on the ABI Prism 7500 Sequence Detection System are: one cycle at 950C, 10 minutes followed by 40 cycles each of which include one incubation at 950C for 15 seconds and a second incubation for 6O0C for 1 minute.
To normalize the data to an internal control molecule within the cellular RNA, RT- PCR is performed on the cellular messenger RNA glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH). The GAPDH copy number is very stable in the cell lines used. GAPDH RT-PCR is performed on the same RNA sample from which the HCV copy number is determined. The GAPDH primers and probesare contained in the ABI Pre-Developed TaqMan Assay Kit (catalog no. 4310884E). The ratio of HCV/GAPDH RNA is used to calculate the activity of compounds evaluated for inhibition of HCV RNA replication.
Activity of compounds as inhibitors of HCV replication (Cell based Assay) in replicon containing Huh-7 cell lines.
The effect of a specific anti-viral compound on HCV replicon RNA levels in Huh- 1 l-7cells is determined by comparing the amount of HCV RNA normalized to GAPDH (e.g. the ratio of HCV/GAPDH) in the cells exposed to compound versus cells exposed to the DMSO vehicle (negative control). Specifically, cells are seeded at 4x 103 cells/well in a 96 well plate and are incubated either with: 1) media containing 1% DMSO (0% inhibition control), or 2) media/1 %DMSO containing a fixed concentration of compound. 96 well plates as described above are then incubated at 370C for 4 days (EC50 determination). Percent inhibition is defined as: % Inhibition= 100-100*S/Cl where
S= the ratio of HCV RNA copy number/GAPDH RNA copy number in the sample; C 1 = the ratio of HCV RNA copy number/GAPDH RNA copy number in the 0% inhibition control (media/1 %DMS0).
The dose-response curve of the inhibitor is generated by adding compound in serial, three-fold dilutions over three logs to wells starting with the highest concentration of a specific compound at 1.5 uM and ending with the lowest concentration of 0.23 nM. Further dilution series (500 nM to 0.08 nM for example) is performed if the EC50 value is not positioned well on the curve. EC50 is determined with the IDBS Activity Base program "XL Fit" using a 4-paramater, non-linear regression fit (model # 205 in version 4.2.1, build 16).

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED:
1. A compound of formula (I)
Figure imgf000141_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, wherein M is absent, O, S, S(O), SO2, NH, O(CO), NH(CO), NH(CO)NH, NHSO2, NHSO2NH, NH(CO)O, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene or substituted alkenylene; Cy is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl; substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted
cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl and N ; wherein Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen; b) aryl; c) substituted aryl; d) heteroaryl; e) substituted heteroaryl; f) heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic; g) -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; h) substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C2- Cg alkynyl each containing O, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; i) -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; j) substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; k) -Q-R3, where Q is (CO), (CO)O, (CO)NR4, (SO), (SO2), (SO2)NR4; and R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of: (i) hydrogen; (ii) aryl; (iii) substituted aryl; (iv) heteroaryl; (v) substituted heteroaryl;
(vi) heterocyclic; (vii) substituted heterocyclic; (viii) -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, or -C2-Cs alkynyl each containing
0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; (ix) substituted -Ci-Cs alkyl, substituted -C2-Cs alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cs alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; (x) -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or -C3-C12 cycloalkenyl; (xi) substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; or Ri and R2 taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a cyclic moiety selected from: substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, or heterocyclic; or substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, or heterocyclic each fused with one or more group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloakenyl, and substituted cycloalkenyl;
G is -E-R3, where E is absent or E is O, CO, (CO)O, (CO)NH, NR5, NH(CO), NH(CO)NH, NH(SO2)NH or NHSO2;
A is selected from the group consisting of R5, (CO)R5, (CO)OR5, (CO)NHR5, SO2R5, (SO2)OR5 and SO2NHR5;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of: a) hydrogen b) aryl; c) substituted aryl; d) heteroaryl; e) substituted heteroaryl; f) heterocyclic; g) substituted heterocyclic; h) -Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; i) substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; j) -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, or -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; k) substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl;
B is H or CH3;
L is selected from the group consisting of: (xii) hydrogen; (xiii) aryl; (xiv) substituted aryl;
(xv)heteroaryl; (xvi) substituted heteroaryl; (xvii) heterocyclic; (xviii) substituted heterocyclic; (χiχ) ~Ci-Cg alkyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or
3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; (xx) substituted -Ci-Cg alkyl, substituted -C2-Cg alkenyl, or substituted -C2-Cg alkynyl each containing 0, 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S or N; (xxi) -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl; (xxii) substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, or substituted -C3-Ci2 cycloalkenyl;
Zi and Z2 are independently selected from halogen;
m = 0, 1, 2 or 3; n = 1, 2 or 3 and h = 1, 2, or 3.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is of Formula II:
Figure imgf000144_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or prodrugs thereof, wherein A, L, M, Cy, G, Zi and Z2 are as defined previously in claim 1.
3. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is of Formula III:
Figure imgf000144_0002
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or prodrugs thereof, wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl; J is absent or is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, - N(R5)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(R5)-, -C(O)O-, -N(R5)C(O)-, -NH(CO)NH-, -N(R5)SO2-, alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene; each R71, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of : (i) hydrogen; (ii) halogen; (iii) -NO2;
(iv) -CN;
(v) -M-R4, wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, N(R5); (vi) aryl; (vii) substituted aryl;
(viii) heteroaryl; (ix) substituted heteroaryl;
(x) heterocycloalkyl; and (xi) substituted heterocycloalkyl; where A, L, G, Zi Z2, R4, and R5 are as defined previously in claim 1.
4. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000145_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or prodrugs thereof, wherein
R6 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl; J is absent or is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, - N(R5)-, -C(O)-, -C(O)N(R5)-, -C(O)O-, -N(R5)C(O)-, -NH(CO)NH-, -N(R5)SO2-, alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene; wherein R5 are as defined in the first embodiment; each R71, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of :
(i) hydrogen; (ii) halogen; (iϋ) -NO2; (iv) -CN; (v) -M-R4, wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, N(R5);
(vi) aryl; (vii) substituted aryl; (viii) heteroaryl; (ix) substituted heteroaryl; (x) heterocycloalkyl; and (xi) substituted heterocycloalkyl; and A, L, G, Zi Z2, R4, and R5 are as defined previously in claim 1.
5. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is of Formula V:
Figure imgf000146_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or prodrugs thereof, wherein each R71, R72, R73 and R74 is independently selected from the group consisting of : (i) hydrogen; (ii) halogen; (iii) -NO2;
(iv) -CN;
(v) -M-R4, wherein M is absent, or O, S, NH, N(R5); (vi) aryl; (vii) substituted aryl; (viii) heteroaryl;
(ix) substituted heteroaryl; (x) heterocycloalkyl; and (xi) substituted heterocycloalkyl; and A, L, G, Zi and Z2 are as defined in claim 1.
6. A compound according to claim 1 which is selected from compounds of Formula XI wherein A, L, Q and G are delineated in Table 1 :
Figure imgf000147_0001
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000147_0002
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
7. A compound according to claim 1 which is selected from compounds of Formula XII wherein Ri and R2 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form RiR2, and A, RiR2, L and G are delineated for each example in TABLE 2:
Figure imgf000152_0001
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000152_0002
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0003
8. The compound of claim 1 represented by formula (XIII),
Figure imgf000161_0001
(XIII) wherein Rx, L, Wi and G are delineated for each example in TABLE 3 :
TABLE 3
Figure imgf000161_0002
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0002
9. The compound of claim 1 represented by Formula XIV,
W1
Figure imgf000171_0001
wherein A, L, Wi and G are delineated for each example in TABLE 4:
TABLE 4
Figure imgf000171_0003
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
10. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an inhibitory amount of a compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
11. A method of treating a viral infection in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an inhibitory amount of a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 10.
12. The method according to claim 11, wherein the viral infection is hepatitis C virus.
13. A method of inhibiting the replication of hepatitis C virus, the method comprising supplying a hepatitis C viral NS3 protease inhibitory amount of the pharmaceutical composition of claim 10.
14. The method of claim 11 further comprising administering concurrently an additional anti-hepatitis C virus agent.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein said additional anti-hepatitis C virus agent is selected from the group consisting of α-interferon, β-interferon, ribavarin, and adamantine.
16. The method of claim 14, wherein said additional anti-hepatitis C virus agent is an inhibitor of hepatitis C virus helicase, polymerase, metalloprotease, or IRES.
17. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 10, further comprising another anti-HCV agent.
18. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 10, further comprising an agent selected from interferon, ribavirin, amantadine, another HCV protease inhibitor, an HCV polymerase inhibitor, an HCV helicase inhibitor, or an internal ribosome entry site inhibitor.
19. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 10, further comprising pegylated interferon.
20. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 10, further comprising another anti-viral, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal or anti-cancer agent, or an immune modulator.
21. The composition of claim 10, further comprising a cytochrome P450 monooxygenase inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
22. The composition of claim 21, wherein the cytochrome P450 mooxygenase inhibitor is ritonavir.
23. A method of co-adminstering to a patient in need of anti-hepatitis C viral treatment comprising a cytochrome P450 monooxygenase inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a compound of formula I as set forth in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
PCT/US2008/085562 2007-12-05 2008-12-04 Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors WO2009076173A2 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN200880126009XA CN101977621A (en) 2007-12-05 2008-12-04 Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors
EP08859987A EP2224942A4 (en) 2007-12-05 2008-12-04 Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors
JP2010537077A JP5529036B2 (en) 2007-12-05 2008-12-04 Fluorinated tripeptide HCV serine protease inhibitor
CA2708150A CA2708150A1 (en) 2007-12-05 2008-12-04 Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors
MX2010006210A MX2010006210A (en) 2007-12-05 2008-12-04 Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors.

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US99257407P 2007-12-05 2007-12-05
US60/992,574 2007-12-05
US2325408P 2008-01-24 2008-01-24
US61/023,254 2008-01-24

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009076173A2 true WO2009076173A2 (en) 2009-06-18
WO2009076173A3 WO2009076173A3 (en) 2010-01-14

Family

ID=40756069

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/085562 WO2009076173A2 (en) 2007-12-05 2008-12-04 Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US8940688B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2224942A4 (en)
JP (1) JP5529036B2 (en)
CN (1) CN101977621A (en)
CA (1) CA2708150A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2010006210A (en)
WO (1) WO2009076173A2 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012502925A (en) * 2008-09-23 2012-02-02 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Hepatitis C inhibitor compound
WO2012061248A2 (en) 2010-11-01 2012-05-10 Rfs Pharma, Llc Novel specific hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
JP2013539763A (en) * 2010-10-08 2013-10-28 ノバルティス アーゲー Vitamin E formulation of sulfamide NS3 inhibitor
JP2014502620A (en) * 2010-12-30 2014-02-03 エナンタ ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitor
EP2899207A1 (en) 2014-01-28 2015-07-29 Amikana.Biologics New method for testing HCV protease inhibition
US9334279B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2016-05-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9409943B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-08-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9499550B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2016-11-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9580463B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2017-02-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9598433B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-03-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9643999B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-05-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CL2008003384A1 (en) 2007-11-14 2009-12-11 Enanta Pharm Inc Macrocyclic quinoxaline derived compounds, serine protease inhibitors; pharmaceutical composition comprising them; and its use in the treatment of hepatitis c.
WO2009070689A1 (en) * 2007-11-29 2009-06-04 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic, c5-substituted proline derivatives as inhibitors of the hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
US8361958B2 (en) 2007-12-05 2013-01-29 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oximyl HCV serine protease inhibitors
WO2009094443A1 (en) * 2008-01-24 2009-07-30 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Difluorinated tripeptides as hcv serine protease inhibitors
JP2011510926A (en) * 2008-01-24 2011-04-07 エナンタ ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Heteroaryl-containing tripeptide HCV serine protease inhibitor
CA2719008A1 (en) * 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorinated macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US8211891B2 (en) * 2008-04-30 2012-07-03 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Difluoromethyl-containing macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2011049908A2 (en) * 2009-10-19 2011-04-28 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bismacrokyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
HUE028384T2 (en) 2010-09-21 2016-12-28 Enanta Pharm Inc Macrocyclic proline derived hcv serine protease inhibitors
US8957203B2 (en) 2011-05-05 2015-02-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
CN104039774A (en) 2012-01-12 2014-09-10 Rfs制药公司 Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
US11484534B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2022-11-01 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating HCV
US11472778B2 (en) * 2017-06-20 2022-10-18 University Of Massachusetts Hepatitis C virus NS3/4A protease inhibitors

Citations (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999007733A2 (en) 1997-08-11 1999-02-18 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptides
WO1999007734A2 (en) 1997-08-11 1999-02-18 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogues
WO2000009558A1 (en) 1998-08-10 2000-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptides
WO2000009543A2 (en) 1998-08-10 2000-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor tri-peptides
WO2000059929A1 (en) 1999-04-06 2000-10-12 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2001047883A1 (en) 1999-12-27 2001-07-05 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused-ring compounds and use thereof as drugs
WO2002004425A2 (en) 2000-07-06 2002-01-17 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2002060926A2 (en) 2000-11-20 2002-08-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c tripeptide inhibitors
WO2003000254A1 (en) 2001-06-26 2003-01-03 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused cyclic compounds and medicinal use thereof
WO2003007945A1 (en) 2001-07-20 2003-01-30 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2003010140A2 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c virus polymerase inhibitors with heterobicyclic structure
WO2003026587A2 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful for treating hepatitus c virus
WO2003053349A2 (en) 2001-12-20 2003-07-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2003064455A2 (en) 2002-01-30 2003-08-07 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2003064456A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Tripeptides having a hydroxyproline ether of a substituted quinoline for the inhibition of ns3 (hepatitis c)
WO2003064416A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heterocyclic tripeptides as hepatitis c inhibitors
WO2003099316A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2003-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclicsulfonamide hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2003099274A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2003-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2003101993A1 (en) 2002-06-04 2003-12-11 Neogenesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrazolo` 1,5a! pyrimidine compounds as antiviral agents
WO2004030670A1 (en) 2002-09-30 2004-04-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Potent inhibitor of hcv serine protease
WO2004032827A2 (en) 2002-05-20 2004-04-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2004037855A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2004039833A1 (en) 2002-10-29 2004-05-13 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Composition for the treatment of infection by flaviviridae viruses
WO2004043339A2 (en) 2002-05-20 2004-05-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted cycloalkyl p1' hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2004064925A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-08-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2004065367A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-08-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2004072243A2 (en) 2003-02-07 2004-08-26 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2004087714A1 (en) 2003-04-04 2004-10-14 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P Angeletti Spa Indole acetamides as inhibitors of the hepatitis c virus ns5b polymerase
WO2004094452A2 (en) 2003-04-16 2004-11-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Macrocyclic isoquinoline peptide inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2004093798A2 (en) 2003-04-18 2004-11-04 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quinoxalinyl macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2004101602A2 (en) 2003-03-05 2004-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
WO2004101605A1 (en) 2003-03-05 2004-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibiting compounds
WO2004103996A1 (en) 2003-05-21 2004-12-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds
WO2004113365A2 (en) 2003-06-05 2004-12-29 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis c serine protease tri-peptide inhibitors
WO2005010029A1 (en) 2003-07-03 2005-02-03 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aza-peptide macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2005012288A1 (en) 2003-08-01 2005-02-10 Genelabs Technologies, Inc Bicyclic imidazol derivatives against flaviviridae
WO2005014543A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2005-02-17 Japan Tobacco Inc. Condensed ring compound and use thereof as hcv polymerase inhibitor
WO2005028501A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-03-31 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2005037214A2 (en) 2003-10-14 2005-04-28 Intermune, Inc. Macrocyclic carboxylic acids and acylsulfonamides as inhibitors of hcv replication
WO2005046712A1 (en) 2003-11-12 2005-05-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2005049622A1 (en) 2003-11-19 2005-06-02 Japan Tobacco Inc. 5-5-membered fused heterocyclic compound and use thereof as hcv polymerase inhibitor
WO2005051980A1 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-06-09 Schering Corporation Depeptidized inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
WO2005051410A1 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-06-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2005054430A2 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-06-16 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2005070955A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2005-08-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2005080388A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2005-09-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2006000085A1 (en) 2004-06-28 2006-01-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
WO2006007700A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-01-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor dipeptide analogs
WO2006007708A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-01-26 Boehringer Engelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
WO2006007693A1 (en) 2004-07-16 2006-01-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6642204B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-11-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
US7273851B2 (en) 2003-06-05 2007-09-25 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tri-peptide hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
US7323447B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2008-01-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
TW200738742A (en) 2005-07-14 2007-10-16 Gilead Sciences Inc Antiviral compounds
EP2305695A3 (en) 2005-07-25 2011-07-27 Intermune, Inc. Macrocyclic inhibitors of Hepatitis C virus replication
PE20080197A1 (en) 2006-02-09 2008-04-11 Schering Corp COMBINATIONS INVOLVING THE HCV PROTEASE INHIBITOR (S), AND TREATMENT METHODS RELATED TO THE SAME (S)
US20080187516A1 (en) 2006-06-06 2008-08-07 Ying Sun Acyclic oximyl hepatitis c protease inhibitors
RU2008152171A (en) * 2006-07-05 2010-08-10 Интермьюн, Инк. (Us) NEW HEPATITIS C VIRAL REPLICATION INHIBITORS
US7635683B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2009-12-22 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quinoxalinyl tripeptide hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US20090035267A1 (en) 2007-07-31 2009-02-05 Moore Joel D Acyclic, pyridazinone-derived hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
US20090035268A1 (en) 2007-08-01 2009-02-05 Ying Sun Tetrazolyl acyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
US20080038225A1 (en) 2006-08-11 2008-02-14 Ying Sun Triazolyl acyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
US7605126B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2009-10-20 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Acylaminoheteroaryl hepatitis C virus protease inhibitors
US7687459B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2010-03-30 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Arylalkoxyl hepatitis C virus protease inhibitors
US7582605B2 (en) 2006-08-11 2009-09-01 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorus-containing hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
US7888464B2 (en) * 2006-11-16 2011-02-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8383583B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2013-02-26 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic, pyridazinone-containing hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
US8361958B2 (en) 2007-12-05 2013-01-29 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oximyl HCV serine protease inhibitors
US8222203B2 (en) 2007-12-14 2012-07-17 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic oximyl hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
CA2719008A1 (en) 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorinated macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors

Patent Citations (51)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999007733A2 (en) 1997-08-11 1999-02-18 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptides
WO1999007734A2 (en) 1997-08-11 1999-02-18 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogues
WO2000009558A1 (en) 1998-08-10 2000-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptides
WO2000009543A2 (en) 1998-08-10 2000-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor tri-peptides
WO2000059929A1 (en) 1999-04-06 2000-10-12 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2001047883A1 (en) 1999-12-27 2001-07-05 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused-ring compounds and use thereof as drugs
WO2002004425A2 (en) 2000-07-06 2002-01-17 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2002060926A2 (en) 2000-11-20 2002-08-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c tripeptide inhibitors
WO2003000254A1 (en) 2001-06-26 2003-01-03 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused cyclic compounds and medicinal use thereof
WO2003007945A1 (en) 2001-07-20 2003-01-30 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2003010140A2 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c virus polymerase inhibitors with heterobicyclic structure
WO2003010141A2 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c virus polymerase inhibitors with a heterobicyclic structure
WO2003026587A2 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Compounds useful for treating hepatitus c virus
WO2003053349A2 (en) 2001-12-20 2003-07-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2003064455A2 (en) 2002-01-30 2003-08-07 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2003064456A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Tripeptides having a hydroxyproline ether of a substituted quinoline for the inhibition of ns3 (hepatitis c)
WO2003064416A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Heterocyclic tripeptides as hepatitis c inhibitors
WO2003099316A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2003-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclicsulfonamide hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2003099274A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2003-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2004032827A2 (en) 2002-05-20 2004-04-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2004043339A2 (en) 2002-05-20 2004-05-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted cycloalkyl p1' hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2003101993A1 (en) 2002-06-04 2003-12-11 Neogenesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrazolo` 1,5a! pyrimidine compounds as antiviral agents
WO2004030670A1 (en) 2002-09-30 2004-04-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Potent inhibitor of hcv serine protease
WO2004037855A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2004039833A1 (en) 2002-10-29 2004-05-13 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Composition for the treatment of infection by flaviviridae viruses
WO2004064925A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-08-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2004065367A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-08-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2004072243A2 (en) 2003-02-07 2004-08-26 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2004101602A2 (en) 2003-03-05 2004-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
WO2004101605A1 (en) 2003-03-05 2004-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibiting compounds
WO2004087714A1 (en) 2003-04-04 2004-10-14 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P Angeletti Spa Indole acetamides as inhibitors of the hepatitis c virus ns5b polymerase
WO2004094452A2 (en) 2003-04-16 2004-11-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Macrocyclic isoquinoline peptide inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2004093798A2 (en) 2003-04-18 2004-11-04 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quinoxalinyl macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2004103996A1 (en) 2003-05-21 2004-12-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds
WO2004113365A2 (en) 2003-06-05 2004-12-29 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis c serine protease tri-peptide inhibitors
WO2005010029A1 (en) 2003-07-03 2005-02-03 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aza-peptide macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2005012288A1 (en) 2003-08-01 2005-02-10 Genelabs Technologies, Inc Bicyclic imidazol derivatives against flaviviridae
WO2005014543A1 (en) 2003-08-06 2005-02-17 Japan Tobacco Inc. Condensed ring compound and use thereof as hcv polymerase inhibitor
WO2005028501A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-03-31 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2005037214A2 (en) 2003-10-14 2005-04-28 Intermune, Inc. Macrocyclic carboxylic acids and acylsulfonamides as inhibitors of hcv replication
WO2005046712A1 (en) 2003-11-12 2005-05-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2005049622A1 (en) 2003-11-19 2005-06-02 Japan Tobacco Inc. 5-5-membered fused heterocyclic compound and use thereof as hcv polymerase inhibitor
WO2005054430A2 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-06-16 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2005051410A1 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-06-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2005051980A1 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-06-09 Schering Corporation Depeptidized inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
WO2005070955A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2005-08-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
WO2005080388A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2005-09-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2006000085A1 (en) 2004-06-28 2006-01-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
WO2006007693A1 (en) 2004-07-16 2006-01-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2006007700A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-01-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor dipeptide analogs
WO2006007708A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-01-26 Boehringer Engelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs

Non-Patent Citations (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BERGE ET AL.: "describes pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail", J. PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
BERNARD TESTA; JOACHIM MAYER: "Hydrolysis In Drug And Prodrug Metabolism: Chemistry, Biochemistry And Enzymology", 2002, JOHN WILEY AND SONS, LTD.
BUNDGAARD ET AL., JOURNAL OF DRUG DELIVER REVIEWS, vol. 8, 1992, pages 1 - 38
BUNDGAARD, J., PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 77, 1988, pages 285
BUNDGAARD,: "Design of Prodrugs", 1985, ELSEVIER
D. L. HUGHES, ORG. REACT, vol. 29, 1983, pages 1 - 162
D. L. HUGHES, ORGANIC PREPARATIONS AND PROCEDURES INT., vol. 28, 1996, pages 127 - 164
HIGUCHI AND STELLA: "Prodrugs as Novel Drug Delivery Systems", 1975, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
J. A. DODGE; S. A. JONES, RECENT RES. DEV. ORG. CHEM., vol. 1, 1997, pages 273 - 283
JACQUES ET AL.: "Enantiomers, Racemates, and Resolutions", 1981, JOHN WILEY & SONS
JOHN A. RIDDICK ET AL.,: "Techniques of Chemistry Series, 4th ed.", vol. II, 1986, JOHN WILEY & SONS, article "Organic Solvents Physical Properties and Methods of Purification"
KROGSGAARD-LARSEN, ET AL.,: "Design and Application of Prodrugs, Textbook of Drug Design and Development", 1991, article "Chapter 5", pages: 113 - 191
L. FIESER; M. FIESER: "Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis", 1994, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
L. PAQUETTE,: "Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis", 1995, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
LOHMANN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 285, 1999, pages 110 - 113
O. MITSUNOBU, SYNTHESIS, 1981, pages 1 - 28
R. LAROCK: "Comprehensive Organic Transformations", 1989, VCH PUBLISHERS
See also references of EP2224942A4
T.H. GREENE; P.G. M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition,", 1999, JOHN WILEY & SONS
T.H. GREENE; P.G., S. M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition,", 1999, JOHN WILEY & SONS
T.W. GREENE; P.G.M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed.,", 1991, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
WIDDER, ET AL.: "Methods in Enzymology", vol. 4, 1985, ACADEMIC PRESS

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012502925A (en) * 2008-09-23 2012-02-02 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Hepatitis C inhibitor compound
JP2013539763A (en) * 2010-10-08 2013-10-28 ノバルティス アーゲー Vitamin E formulation of sulfamide NS3 inhibitor
EP2635570A4 (en) * 2010-11-01 2014-04-16 Rfs Pharma Llc Novel specific hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
EP2635570A2 (en) * 2010-11-01 2013-09-11 RFS Pharma, LLC. Novel specific hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
JP2013542955A (en) * 2010-11-01 2013-11-28 アールエフエス ファーマ，エルエルシー Novel specific HCV NS3 protease inhibitor
WO2012061248A2 (en) 2010-11-01 2012-05-10 Rfs Pharma, Llc Novel specific hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
JP2014502620A (en) * 2010-12-30 2014-02-03 エナンタ ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitor
US9499550B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2016-11-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9334279B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2016-05-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9598433B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-03-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9643999B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-05-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9409943B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-08-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9580463B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2017-02-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
EP2899207A1 (en) 2014-01-28 2015-07-29 Amikana.Biologics New method for testing HCV protease inhibition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2708150A1 (en) 2009-06-18
WO2009076173A3 (en) 2010-01-14
JP5529036B2 (en) 2014-06-25
US8940688B2 (en) 2015-01-27
US20090197888A1 (en) 2009-08-06
JP2011517655A (en) 2011-06-16
EP2224942A2 (en) 2010-09-08
EP2224942A4 (en) 2012-01-25
CN101977621A (en) 2011-02-16
MX2010006210A (en) 2010-08-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2219453B1 (en) Quinoxaline-containing compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
JP5529036B2 (en) Fluorinated tripeptide HCV serine protease inhibitor
JP5490778B2 (en) Fluorinated macrocycles as hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8501682B2 (en) Difluorinated tripeptides as HCV serine protease inhibitors
WO2009070692A1 (en) C5-substituted, proline-derived, macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2009076166A2 (en) Oximyl hcv serine protease inhibitors
WO2009070689A1 (en) Bicyclic, c5-substituted proline derivatives as inhibitors of the hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
WO2009079353A1 (en) Triazole-containing macrocyclic hcv serine protease inhibitors
JP2011503201A (en) Macrocyclic tetrazolyl hepatitis C serine protease inhibitor
WO2009053828A2 (en) P3 hydroxyamino macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2009134987A1 (en) Difluoromethyl-containing macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2009079352A1 (en) Macrocyclic oximyl hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2009085978A1 (en) Bridged carbocyclic oxime hepatitis c virus serine protease inhibitors
WO2008019303A2 (en) Pyridazinonyl macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
WO2009094438A1 (en) Heteroaryl-containing tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors
WO2011049908A2 (en) Bismacrokyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200880126009.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08859987

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010537077

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 2708150

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: MX/A/2010/006210

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008859987

Country of ref document: EP